1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
41 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
43 #include "coff/symconst.h"
44 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
45 #include "coff/mips.h"
49 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
50 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
57 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
58 There are four types of entry:
60 (1) an absolute address
61 requires: abfd == NULL
64 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
65 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
66 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
68 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
69 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
73 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
74 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
77 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
79 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
80 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
84 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
86 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
87 that should be added to the symbol value. */
89 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
90 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
91 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
92 otherwise it is in the global area. */
93 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
96 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
97 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
98 unsigned char tls_type
;
100 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
101 and created the associated relocations. */
102 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
104 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
105 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
106 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
110 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
111 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
112 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
113 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
114 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
116 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
117 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
118 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
119 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
120 struct mips_got_page_ref
125 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
131 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
132 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
134 struct mips_got_page_range
136 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
137 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
138 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
141 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
142 relocations against a given section. */
143 struct mips_got_page_entry
145 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
147 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
148 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
149 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
153 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
157 /* The number of global .got entries. */
158 unsigned int global_gotno
;
159 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
160 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
161 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
162 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
163 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
164 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
165 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
166 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
167 unsigned int local_gotno
;
168 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
169 unsigned int page_gotno
;
170 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
172 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
173 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
174 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
175 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
176 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
177 struct htab
*got_entries
;
178 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
179 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
180 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
181 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
182 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
183 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
184 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
187 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
189 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
191 /* The output bfd. */
193 /* The link information. */
194 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
195 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
196 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
198 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
199 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
201 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
202 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
204 unsigned int max_count
;
205 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
206 unsigned int max_pages
;
207 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
208 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
209 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
211 unsigned int global_count
;
214 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
215 when laying out the GOT. */
217 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
219 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
220 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
224 struct _mips_elf_section_data
226 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
233 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
234 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
236 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
237 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
238 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
239 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
241 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
242 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
243 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
244 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
245 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
246 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
248 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
249 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
250 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
251 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
252 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
255 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
256 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
257 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
259 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
262 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
263 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
266 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
268 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
272 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
274 to a separate trampoline section.
276 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
277 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
278 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
279 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
280 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
281 asection
*stub_section
;
283 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
286 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
287 in H->root.root.u.def. */
288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
291 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
293 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
294 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
295 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
296 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
297 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
298 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
299 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
300 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
301 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
303 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
304 the dynamic symbols. */
306 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
308 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
311 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
312 symbol with a GOT entry. */
313 long min_got_dynindx
;
314 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
315 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
316 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
317 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
318 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
319 symbol without a GOT entry. */
320 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
323 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
324 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
325 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
330 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
333 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
336 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
339 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
340 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
342 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
343 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
345 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
346 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
349 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
350 the global hash table. */
352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
354 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
356 /* External symbol information. */
359 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
360 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
362 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
364 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
366 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
367 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
370 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
371 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
374 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
375 being called returns a floating point value. */
376 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
378 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
379 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
381 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
382 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
383 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
384 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
386 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
387 is against a readonly section. */
388 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
390 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
391 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
392 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
393 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
395 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
396 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
397 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
398 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
399 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
401 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
402 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
403 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
405 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
406 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
407 la25 stub is required. */
408 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
410 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
411 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
412 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
414 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
415 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
443 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
446 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
447 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
449 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
450 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
452 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
463 /* The master GOT information. */
464 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
466 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
468 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
470 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
471 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
473 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
474 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
476 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
477 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
479 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
480 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
482 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
483 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
485 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
486 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
488 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
489 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
491 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
492 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
494 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
495 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
497 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
498 See the comment above that structure for details. */
499 asection
*strampoline
;
501 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
505 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
506 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
507 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
508 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
510 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
512 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
514 /* Small local sym cache. */
515 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
517 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
518 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
521 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
523 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
524 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
525 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
527 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
528 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
530 /* The usual link-wide information. */
531 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
534 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
538 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
540 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
542 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
543 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
545 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
548 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
551 /* The abiflags for this object. */
552 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
553 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
555 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
556 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
558 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
559 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
560 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
561 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
563 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
564 asection
**local_stubs
;
565 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
567 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
568 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
569 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
570 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
571 asection
*elf_data_section
;
572 asection
*elf_text_section
;
575 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
577 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
578 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
580 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
581 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
600 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
607 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
609 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
614 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
615 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
616 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
620 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
622 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
625 "_procedure_string_table",
626 "_procedure_table_size",
630 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
635 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
636 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
637 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
638 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
639 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
640 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
649 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
650 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
651 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
655 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
656 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
657 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
658 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
659 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
660 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
665 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
666 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
667 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
668 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
669 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
677 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
683 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
685 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
688 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
690 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
692 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
694 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
696 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
697 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
698 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
699 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
700 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
702 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
703 has different meaning for each type:
706 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
707 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
708 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
709 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
712 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
713 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
714 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
715 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
720 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
722 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
723 loader for use by the static exception system. */
725 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
726 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
727 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
728 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
729 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
730 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
731 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
732 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
733 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
734 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
736 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
738 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
739 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
741 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
743 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
744 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
745 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
746 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
748 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
749 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
750 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
751 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
752 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
753 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
755 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
756 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
758 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
759 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
760 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
761 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
762 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
764 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
765 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
766 for RM9000 for now. */
767 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
768 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
770 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
771 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
773 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
775 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
776 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
778 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
780 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
781 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
782 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
784 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
785 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
786 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
788 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
789 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
790 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
792 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
793 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
794 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
796 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
797 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
799 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
800 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
801 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
803 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
804 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
805 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
806 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
808 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
809 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
810 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
812 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
813 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
814 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
816 /* The name of the options section. */
817 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
818 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
820 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
821 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
822 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
823 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
825 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
826 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
827 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
829 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
830 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
831 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
832 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
834 /* The name of the stub section. */
835 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
837 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
838 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
839 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
841 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
842 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
843 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
845 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
846 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
847 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
849 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
850 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
851 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
853 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
854 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
855 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
857 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
858 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
859 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
861 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
862 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
863 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
865 /* Get word-sized data. */
866 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
867 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
869 /* Put out word-sized data. */
870 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
872 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
873 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
875 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
876 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
877 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
879 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
880 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
881 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
883 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
884 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
886 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
887 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
888 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
890 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
891 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
892 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
893 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
895 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
896 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
898 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
899 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
901 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
902 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
903 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
905 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
907 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
909 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
910 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
912 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
913 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
914 #define STUB_MOVE 0x03e07825 /* or t7,ra,zero */
915 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
916 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
917 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
919 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
921 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
922 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
924 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
925 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
927 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
928 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
929 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
930 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS 0x001f7a90 /* or t7,ra,zero */
931 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
932 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
933 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
934 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
935 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
936 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
937 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
938 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
939 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
941 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
942 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
944 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
945 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
946 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
947 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
948 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
949 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
954 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
955 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
956 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
957 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
960 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
961 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
962 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
963 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
964 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
965 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
966 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
967 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
969 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
970 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
972 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
974 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
975 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
978 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
979 floating point arguments.
981 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
982 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
983 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
984 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
985 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
986 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
987 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
988 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
990 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
991 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
992 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
993 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
994 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
995 stub should be discarded.
997 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
998 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
999 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1000 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1001 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1002 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1003 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1006 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1007 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1008 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1010 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1012 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1013 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1014 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1016 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1017 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1018 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1020 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1023 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1024 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1025 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1026 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1027 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1028 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1029 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1030 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1033 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1034 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1035 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1037 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1038 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1039 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1040 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1041 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1042 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1043 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1044 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1047 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1048 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1049 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1051 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1052 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1053 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1054 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1055 0x03e07825, /* or t7, ra, zero */
1056 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1057 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1058 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1061 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1062 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1063 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1064 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1066 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1067 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1069 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1070 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1071 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1072 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1073 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1074 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1075 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1076 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1080 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1081 in the insn32 mode. */
1082 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1084 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1085 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1086 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1087 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1088 0x001f, 0x7a90, /* or $15, $31, zero */
1089 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1090 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1091 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1094 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1095 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1097 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1098 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1099 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1100 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1103 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1104 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1105 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1106 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1108 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1109 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1110 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1111 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1114 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1115 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1116 directly addressable. */
1117 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1119 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1120 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1121 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1123 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1125 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1128 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1129 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1130 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1132 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1133 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1134 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1135 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1138 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1139 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1141 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1142 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1143 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1144 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1147 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1148 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1150 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1151 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1152 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1153 0x00000000, /* nop */
1154 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1155 0x00000000 /* nop */
1158 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1159 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1161 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1162 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1163 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1164 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1165 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1166 0x00000000, /* nop */
1167 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1168 0x00000000 /* nop */
1171 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1172 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1174 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1175 0x00000000, /* nop */
1176 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1177 0x00000000, /* nop */
1178 0x00000000, /* nop */
1179 0x00000000 /* nop */
1182 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1183 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1185 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1186 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1189 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1192 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1194 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1195 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1198 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1201 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1203 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1206 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1208 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1209 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1210 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1213 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1215 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1216 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1218 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1221 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1222 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1224 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1225 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1228 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1230 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1231 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1233 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1237 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1239 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1240 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1242 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1245 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1247 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1248 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1249 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1252 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1254 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1257 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1259 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1261 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1262 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1263 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1267 /* Set local fields. */
1268 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1269 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1270 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1273 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1274 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1275 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1276 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1277 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1278 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1279 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1280 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1281 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1282 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1283 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1284 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1288 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1291 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1294 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1296 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1301 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1303 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1305 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1306 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1308 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1314 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1317 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1318 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1321 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1322 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1325 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1328 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1329 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1331 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1332 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1335 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1336 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1339 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1340 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1342 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1344 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1345 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1346 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1349 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1350 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1351 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1352 goto error_return; \
1353 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1354 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1355 goto error_return; \
1358 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1359 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1360 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1361 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1362 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1363 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1365 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1366 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1367 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1369 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1377 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1379 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1381 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1382 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1383 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1384 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1385 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1386 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1387 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1388 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1389 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1390 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1391 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1393 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1394 free (debug
->ssext
);
1395 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1396 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1397 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1398 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1399 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1400 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1404 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1407 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1409 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1410 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1411 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1412 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1413 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1414 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1416 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1417 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1422 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1425 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1426 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1427 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1429 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1430 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1432 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1434 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1435 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1439 bfd_size_type count
;
1440 unsigned long sindex
;
1444 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1452 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1454 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1455 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1458 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1460 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1464 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1467 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1468 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1472 size
= sizeof (char *);
1473 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1478 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1479 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1483 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1486 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1487 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1490 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1493 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1494 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1496 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1497 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1498 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1499 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1500 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1501 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1502 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1503 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1504 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1505 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1507 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1508 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1512 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1513 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1514 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1517 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1521 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1524 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1526 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1527 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1528 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1529 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1531 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1532 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1533 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1535 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1537 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1539 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1541 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1542 matters, but someday it might). */
1543 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1572 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1573 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1576 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1577 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1578 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1581 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1582 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1586 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1589 /* Create a new symbol. */
1590 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1592 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1593 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1599 /* Make it a local function. */
1600 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1601 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1603 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1607 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1608 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1612 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1616 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1617 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1623 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1624 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1625 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1626 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1627 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1629 /* Create a new symbol. */
1630 name
= concat (prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
);
1632 res
= _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1633 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1639 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1640 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1641 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1642 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1643 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1644 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1648 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1649 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1652 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1656 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1657 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1660 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1663 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1664 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1665 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1667 static unsigned long
1668 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1669 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1671 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1673 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1674 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1676 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1677 one in a compound relocation. */
1678 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1679 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1680 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1682 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1683 the traditional behavior. */
1684 if (relocs
< relend
)
1685 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1690 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1694 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1695 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1697 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1698 objects try to call them. */
1699 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1700 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1702 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1703 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1706 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1707 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1709 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1710 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1711 being included in the link. */
1712 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1715 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1716 h
->fn_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1719 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1720 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1722 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1723 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1724 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1725 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1727 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1728 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 h
->call_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1732 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1733 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1735 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1736 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1737 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1739 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1740 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1741 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 h
->call_fp_stub
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
1746 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1749 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1751 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1753 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1754 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1755 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1759 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1761 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1763 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1764 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1765 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1766 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1767 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1768 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1771 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1772 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1776 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1777 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1780 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1782 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1786 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1787 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1788 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1789 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1795 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1796 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1797 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1798 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1799 entry points are of interest here. */
1802 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1804 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1805 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1806 && h
->root
.def_regular
1807 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1808 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1809 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1810 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1811 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1814 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1815 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1818 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1821 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1823 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1824 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1829 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1830 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1834 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1835 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1836 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1839 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1840 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1842 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1844 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1847 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1851 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1852 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1855 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1857 /* Create the section. */
1858 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1859 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1860 input_section
->output_section
);
1864 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1865 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1866 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1869 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1871 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1872 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1873 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1874 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1876 /* Allocate room for it. */
1881 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1882 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1883 the function symbol to it. */
1886 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1889 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1892 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1896 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1897 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1900 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1901 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1902 input_section
->output_section
);
1903 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1905 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1908 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1909 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1910 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1911 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1913 /* Allocate room for it. */
1918 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1919 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1922 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1923 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1925 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1926 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1927 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1932 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1933 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1937 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1938 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1942 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1946 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1949 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1950 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1954 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1955 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1961 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1962 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1963 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1964 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1966 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1967 return (use_trampoline_p
1968 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1969 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1972 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1973 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1976 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1978 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1980 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1981 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1982 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1984 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1986 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1987 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1988 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1991 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1992 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1993 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1994 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1996 if (bfd_link_relocatable (hti
->info
))
1998 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1999 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
2001 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2010 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2011 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2014 The format of these instructions is:
2016 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2017 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2018 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2020 +-----------------------------------------------+
2022 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2023 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2025 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2026 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2027 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2028 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2029 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2030 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2031 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2032 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2033 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2034 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2037 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2038 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2039 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2040 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2041 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2042 value as two 16-bit values.
2044 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2052 +--------+----------------------+
2055 +----------+------+-------------+
2059 +----------+--------------------+
2060 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2061 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2063 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2064 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2065 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2066 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2067 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2069 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2070 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2071 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2074 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2075 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2076 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2077 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2078 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2080 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2083 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2084 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2085 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2086 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2088 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2091 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2092 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2093 little-endian system.
2095 Finally R_MIPS16_PC16_S1 corresponds to R_MIPS_PC16, however the
2096 relocatable field is shifted by 1 rather than 2 and the same bit
2097 shuffling is done as with the relocations above. */
2099 static inline bfd_boolean
2100 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2105 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2110 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2111 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2112 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2113 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2114 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2115 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2117 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
2125 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2127 static inline bfd_boolean
2128 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2130 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2133 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2134 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2135 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2137 static inline bfd_boolean
2138 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2140 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2141 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2142 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2145 static inline bfd_boolean
2146 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2148 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2149 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2150 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2153 static inline bfd_boolean
2154 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2156 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2157 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2158 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2161 static inline bfd_boolean
2162 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2164 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2167 static inline bfd_boolean
2168 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2170 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2173 static inline bfd_boolean
2174 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2176 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2179 static inline bfd_boolean
2180 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2182 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2185 static inline bfd_boolean
2186 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2188 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2191 static inline bfd_boolean
2192 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2194 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2195 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2196 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2197 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2200 static inline bfd_boolean
2201 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2203 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2204 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2205 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2206 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2209 static inline bfd_boolean
2210 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2212 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2215 static inline bfd_boolean
2216 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2218 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2219 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2220 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2223 static inline bfd_boolean
2224 b_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2226 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC26_S2
2227 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC21_S2
2228 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC16
2229 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2233 static inline bfd_boolean
2234 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2236 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2237 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2240 static inline bfd_boolean
2241 mips16_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2243 return (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2244 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
);
2247 static inline bfd_boolean
2248 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2250 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2251 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2252 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2253 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2256 static inline bfd_boolean
2257 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2259 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2260 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2261 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2264 static inline bfd_boolean
2265 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2267 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2268 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2269 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2272 static inline bfd_boolean
2273 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2275 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2276 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2277 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2281 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2282 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2284 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2286 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2289 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2290 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2291 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2292 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2293 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2294 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2295 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2296 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2298 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2299 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2300 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2304 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2305 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2307 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2309 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2312 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2313 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2315 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2318 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2320 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2321 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2325 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2326 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2327 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2329 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2330 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2333 bfd_reloc_status_type
2334 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2335 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2336 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2340 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2342 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2345 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2347 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2348 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2350 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2351 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2353 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2354 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2356 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2358 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2359 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2360 an external symbol. */
2362 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2363 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2365 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2367 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2369 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2370 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2374 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2377 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2379 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2382 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2383 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2384 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2389 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2391 asection
*input_section
;
2395 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2397 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2399 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2400 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2401 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2403 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2404 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2405 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2406 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2408 bfd_reloc_status_type
2409 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2410 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2411 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2412 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2414 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2416 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2417 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2419 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2421 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2423 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2425 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2426 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2429 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2430 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2432 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2435 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2436 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2437 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2439 bfd_reloc_status_type
2440 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2441 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2442 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2444 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2445 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2446 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2447 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2448 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2449 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2452 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2453 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2456 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2457 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2458 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2460 bfd_reloc_status_type
2461 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2462 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2463 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2466 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2468 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2469 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2471 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2473 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2474 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2477 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2479 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2480 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2482 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2484 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2485 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2486 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2487 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2488 has a rightshift of 0. */
2489 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2490 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2491 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2492 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2493 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2494 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2496 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2497 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2498 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2500 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2501 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2503 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2506 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2510 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2511 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2515 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2516 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2517 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2519 bfd_reloc_status_type
2520 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2521 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2522 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2523 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2526 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2527 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2529 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2531 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2532 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2534 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2536 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2538 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2539 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2540 offset or address. */
2541 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2542 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2547 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2548 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2549 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2550 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2552 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2553 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2554 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2558 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2559 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2560 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2561 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2562 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2563 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2566 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2568 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2569 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2571 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2572 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2574 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2576 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2579 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2584 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2586 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2589 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2590 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2593 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2596 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2597 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2601 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2602 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2604 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2605 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2609 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2610 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2612 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2613 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2614 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2615 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2616 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2621 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2622 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2626 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2627 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2628 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2629 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2630 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2631 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2632 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2635 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2636 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2637 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2640 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2643 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2644 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2645 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2646 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2647 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2648 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2652 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2653 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2655 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2656 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2657 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2658 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2659 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2660 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2663 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2664 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2665 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2666 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2667 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2670 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2671 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2673 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2674 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2675 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2676 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2677 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2678 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2679 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2683 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2684 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2686 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2687 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2688 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2689 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2690 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2691 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2692 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2695 /* Swap in an options header. */
2698 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2699 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2701 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2702 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2703 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2704 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2707 /* Swap out an options header. */
2710 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2711 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2713 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2714 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2715 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2716 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2719 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2722 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2723 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2724 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2726 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2727 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2728 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2729 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2730 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2731 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2732 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2733 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2734 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2735 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2736 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2739 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2742 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2743 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2744 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2746 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2747 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2748 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2749 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2750 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2751 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2752 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2753 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2754 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2755 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2756 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2759 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2760 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2763 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2765 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2766 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2769 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2770 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2772 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2776 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2778 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2783 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2786 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2787 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2790 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2791 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2793 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2794 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2795 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2796 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2798 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2800 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2803 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2805 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2814 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2815 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2816 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2817 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2818 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2819 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2820 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2821 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2822 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2823 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2824 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2825 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2826 when generating a final executable. */
2829 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2831 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2833 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2835 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2837 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2838 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2839 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2840 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2841 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2843 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2844 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2845 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2846 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2847 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2855 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2858 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2859 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2860 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2861 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2862 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2863 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2865 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2866 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2870 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2872 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2873 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2874 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2877 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2878 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2880 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2882 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2883 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2884 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2885 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2887 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2889 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2890 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2891 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2894 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2896 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2897 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2898 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2903 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2904 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2906 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2907 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2908 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2909 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2912 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2914 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2915 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2916 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2917 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2918 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2919 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2920 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2921 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2923 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2924 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2925 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2926 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2927 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2928 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2929 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2930 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2936 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2937 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2940 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2941 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2942 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2943 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2945 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2946 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2947 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2948 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2950 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2951 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2952 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2953 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2954 + sec
->output_offset
2955 + output_section
->vma
);
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2961 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2963 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2964 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2966 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2968 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2969 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2970 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2971 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2972 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2974 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2977 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2978 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2979 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2980 + sec
->output_offset
2981 + output_section
->vma
);
2983 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2988 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2989 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2992 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2999 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
3002 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3004 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
3005 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
3007 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
3010 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
3012 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3015 static INLINE hashval_t
3016 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3019 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3026 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3028 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3030 return (entry
->symndx
3031 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3032 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3033 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3034 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3035 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3036 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3040 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3042 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3043 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3045 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3046 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3047 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3048 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3049 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3050 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3051 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3055 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3057 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3059 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3060 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3061 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3062 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3063 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3067 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3069 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3071 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3072 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3073 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3074 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3075 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3076 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3077 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3081 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3083 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3085 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3086 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3090 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3092 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3094 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3095 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3096 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3099 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3101 static struct mips_got_info
*
3102 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3104 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3106 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3110 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3111 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3112 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3115 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3116 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3117 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3123 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3124 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3126 static struct mips_got_info
*
3127 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3129 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3131 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3134 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3135 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3136 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3140 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3143 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3145 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3147 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3148 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3151 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3152 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3153 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3154 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3155 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3156 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3161 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3162 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3163 if creation fails. */
3166 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3172 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3173 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3174 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3175 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3177 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3182 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3185 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3186 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3192 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3195 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3197 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3200 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3203 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3206 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3209 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3212 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3229 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3230 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3234 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3235 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3238 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3239 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3241 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
), h
)
3242 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
) || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3245 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3247 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3248 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3257 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3263 return bfd_link_pic (info
) ? 1 : 0;
3270 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3274 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3275 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3276 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3278 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3280 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3281 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3283 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3285 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3286 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3288 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3291 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3294 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3296 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3301 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3303 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3305 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3306 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3308 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3310 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3311 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3313 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3316 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3317 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3319 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3322 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3325 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3326 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3327 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3330 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3332 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3333 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3334 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3336 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3345 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3347 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, bfd_link_pic (info
),
3349 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
3350 || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3351 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3354 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3357 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
) || indx
!= 0)
3359 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3360 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3363 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3364 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3365 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3366 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3367 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3369 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3370 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3371 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3373 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3376 /* General Dynamic. */
3377 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3381 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3382 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3383 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3384 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3387 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3388 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3389 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3390 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3392 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3393 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3397 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3398 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3399 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3400 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3405 /* Initial Exec model. */
3409 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3410 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3415 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3416 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3417 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3418 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3421 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3422 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3426 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3427 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3428 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3429 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3430 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3432 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3433 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3434 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3436 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3437 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3438 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3439 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3446 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3449 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3450 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3451 will be negative. */
3454 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3455 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3457 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3458 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3460 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3461 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3463 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3464 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3466 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3467 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3468 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3469 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3470 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3472 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3473 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3474 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3475 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3477 return got_address
- got_value
;
3480 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3481 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3482 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3483 offset can be found. */
3486 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3487 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3488 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3491 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3493 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3494 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3496 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3497 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3501 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3502 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3503 return entry
->gotidx
;
3506 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3509 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3512 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3513 long global_got_dynindx
;
3514 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3517 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3518 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3520 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3521 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3522 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3524 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3525 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3526 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3528 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3529 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3530 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3531 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3532 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3537 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3538 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3541 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3542 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3545 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3546 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3549 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3550 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3552 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3555 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3556 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3557 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3561 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3562 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3565 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3566 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3568 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3570 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3572 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3573 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3574 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3575 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3576 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3577 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3579 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3584 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3585 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3586 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3587 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3588 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3591 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3592 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3594 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3595 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3597 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3598 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3599 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3604 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3607 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3612 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3613 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3614 symbol that binds locally. */
3617 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3618 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3620 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3622 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3623 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3624 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3625 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3627 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3629 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3630 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3631 same in all cases. */
3632 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3633 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3635 return entry
->gotidx
;
3640 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3644 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3645 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3651 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3652 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3655 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3656 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3658 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3661 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3662 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3663 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3666 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3667 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3668 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3669 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3670 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3673 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3675 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3679 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3680 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3682 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3685 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3686 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3689 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3691 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3693 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3694 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3697 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3700 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3704 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3705 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3713 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3716 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3717 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3724 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3725 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3729 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3733 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3735 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3736 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3737 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3738 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3742 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3746 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3747 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3748 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3749 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3750 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3752 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3757 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3759 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3760 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3762 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3765 bfd_vma got_address
;
3767 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3768 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3769 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3772 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3773 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3774 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3775 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3776 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3782 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3783 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3784 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3785 the current linking stage. */
3787 static bfd_size_type
3788 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3790 bfd_size_type count
;
3793 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3794 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3797 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3799 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3800 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3801 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3802 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3803 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3809 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3810 appear towards the end. */
3813 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3815 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3816 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3817 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3819 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3822 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3823 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3830 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3831 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3832 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3833 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3834 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3835 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3836 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3839 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3840 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3841 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3842 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3843 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3844 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3845 == g
->global_gotno
);
3847 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3848 table index in the GOT. */
3849 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3854 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3855 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3859 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3861 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3863 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3865 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3868 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3871 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3875 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3876 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3879 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3880 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3881 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3882 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3889 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3890 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3891 hash table directly). */
3894 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3895 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3897 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3898 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3899 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3900 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3902 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3903 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3905 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3909 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3910 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3913 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3917 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3918 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3923 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3924 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3928 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3937 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3938 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3939 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3942 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3943 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3944 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3946 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3948 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3949 unsigned char tls_type
;
3951 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3952 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3954 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3956 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3958 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3960 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3962 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3966 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3969 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3973 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3974 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3975 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3979 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3980 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3981 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3984 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3985 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3988 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3989 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3991 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3992 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3993 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3995 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3996 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3999 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
4002 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
4003 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
4004 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
4005 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
4008 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
4009 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
4013 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
4014 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4015 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4017 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4018 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4019 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4020 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4022 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4023 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4025 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4026 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4031 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4035 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4036 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4038 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4039 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4043 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4046 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4054 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4055 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4059 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4069 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4072 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4076 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4078 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4079 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4081 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4082 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4084 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4085 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4090 /* Make room for a null element. */
4091 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4094 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4098 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4099 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4100 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4101 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4104 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4106 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4107 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4109 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4110 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4111 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4113 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4116 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4117 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4123 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4127 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4128 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4129 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4130 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4133 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4135 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4136 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4139 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4140 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4141 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4142 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4143 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4144 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4146 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4153 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4154 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4156 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4157 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4160 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4168 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4170 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4179 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4184 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4187 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4189 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4192 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4195 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4196 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4198 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4199 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4200 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4201 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4204 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4206 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4210 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4211 seen the section. */
4212 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4215 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4223 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4225 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4226 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4227 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4229 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4230 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4231 a new singleton range. */
4233 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4235 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4239 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4240 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4241 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4249 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4250 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4252 /* Update the ranges. */
4253 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4254 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4255 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4257 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4259 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4260 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4261 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4264 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4267 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4268 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4269 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4271 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4272 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4278 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4279 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4280 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4281 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4284 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4286 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4287 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4288 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4292 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4293 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4294 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4296 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4298 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4300 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4302 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4305 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4307 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4308 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4309 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4312 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4313 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4317 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4319 /* Read in the symbol. */
4320 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4328 /* Get the associated input section. */
4329 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4336 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4337 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4338 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4339 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4340 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4344 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4345 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4346 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4347 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4349 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4350 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4353 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4355 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4363 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4364 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4365 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4366 that they require. */
4369 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4370 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4372 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4373 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4380 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4384 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4385 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4386 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4387 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4390 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4394 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4397 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4398 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4399 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4404 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4409 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4413 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4414 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4416 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4417 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4418 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4419 symbols later if appropriate. */
4420 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4423 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4424 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4425 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4426 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4427 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4430 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4431 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4432 the local rather than global GOT. */
4433 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && h
->has_static_relocs
)
4439 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4440 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4441 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4442 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4443 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4446 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4448 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4450 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4452 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4453 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4455 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4457 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4458 local or global GOT. */
4459 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4460 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4461 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4462 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4463 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4464 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4465 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4466 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4467 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4468 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4469 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4470 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4471 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4473 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4480 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4481 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4484 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4486 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4487 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4490 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4491 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4492 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4501 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4506 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4507 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4510 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4512 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4513 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4516 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4517 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4518 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4527 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4532 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4533 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4534 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4535 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4539 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4540 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4541 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4543 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4544 unsigned int estimate
;
4546 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4547 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4548 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4549 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4551 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4553 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4554 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4556 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4557 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4558 conservatively as well. */
4559 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4560 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4562 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4564 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4565 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4568 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4569 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4571 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4575 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4579 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4583 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4584 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4585 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4586 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4587 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4588 and then make make the new got current. */
4591 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4592 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4594 unsigned int estimate
;
4597 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4600 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4601 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4602 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4603 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4604 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4606 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4607 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4608 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4609 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4610 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4612 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4614 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4615 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4622 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4623 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4628 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4631 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4636 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4637 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4638 overflows anyway. */
4639 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4645 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4646 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4647 an index in a different GOT. */
4650 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4652 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4654 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4655 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4657 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4659 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4663 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4664 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4667 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4671 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4672 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4673 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4676 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4678 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4679 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4681 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4682 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4683 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4686 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4687 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4693 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4694 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4698 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4699 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4700 symbol to DATA->value. */
4703 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4705 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4706 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4708 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4709 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4710 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4711 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4712 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4713 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4717 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4718 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4719 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4720 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4723 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4725 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4726 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4728 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4729 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4730 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4731 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4732 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4734 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4739 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4741 if (bfd_link_pic (arg
->info
)
4742 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4743 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4744 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4745 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4751 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4752 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4753 lazy-binding stubs. */
4756 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4758 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4759 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4760 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4762 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4763 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4764 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4765 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4767 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4768 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4769 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4771 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4772 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4778 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4781 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4786 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4790 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4794 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4795 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4798 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4799 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4802 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4803 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4806 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4807 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4808 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4809 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4812 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4813 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4814 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4818 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4819 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4820 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4821 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4822 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4823 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4824 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4825 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4826 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4827 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4829 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4831 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4832 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4833 to be the primary GOT. */
4834 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4836 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4837 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4841 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4842 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4843 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4845 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4846 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4848 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4852 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4853 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4854 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4855 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4857 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4859 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4860 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4861 those that are actually referenced. */
4862 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4863 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4866 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4867 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4868 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4869 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4871 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4872 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4873 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4874 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4875 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4876 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4877 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4878 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4879 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4880 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4881 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4882 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4883 points back to the master GOT. */
4884 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4885 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4892 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4894 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4895 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4896 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4897 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4898 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4899 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4901 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4902 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4903 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4908 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4909 all non-TLS entries. */
4910 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4912 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4913 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4916 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4918 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4921 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4922 lazy-binding stubs. */
4924 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4928 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4931 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4933 unsigned int save_assign
;
4935 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4936 relocations they need. */
4937 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4938 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4940 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4942 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4945 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4946 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4948 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4950 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4951 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4952 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4953 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4954 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4956 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4958 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4961 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4968 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4969 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4971 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4972 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4973 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4974 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4976 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4978 while (relocation
< relend
)
4980 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4981 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4987 /* We didn't find it. */
4991 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4994 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4995 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4996 asection
**local_sections
)
4998 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4999 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5002 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5003 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5004 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5006 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5008 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
5014 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5017 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5019 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5020 /* VALUE is negative. */
5021 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5026 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5027 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5031 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5033 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5035 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5036 /* The value is too big. */
5038 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5039 /* The value is too small. */
5046 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5049 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5051 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5054 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5057 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5060 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5067 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5070 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5073 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5080 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5083 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5084 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5087 register asection
*s
;
5089 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5091 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5094 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5096 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5097 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5100 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5106 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5109 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5112 register asection
*s
;
5113 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5114 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5115 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5117 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5118 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5120 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5124 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5125 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5127 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5128 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5129 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5131 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5135 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5136 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5137 are not creating a global offset table. */
5139 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5140 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5141 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5144 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5147 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5148 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5149 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5151 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5152 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5155 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5156 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5157 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5159 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5160 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5161 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5164 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5172 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5173 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5174 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5177 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5179 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5180 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
5181 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5182 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5185 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5186 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5187 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5191 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5192 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5194 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5195 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5196 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5197 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5198 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5199 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5206 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5207 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5208 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5209 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5210 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5211 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5212 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5216 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5223 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5224 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5225 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5227 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5228 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5229 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5231 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5232 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5233 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5234 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5236 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5237 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5238 asection
*input_section
,
5239 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5240 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5241 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5242 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5243 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5245 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5246 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5248 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5250 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5253 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5254 shared object file being produced. */
5256 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5259 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5261 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5262 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5263 during execution. */
5264 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5265 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5267 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5268 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5269 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5271 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5272 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a section
5274 bfd_boolean section_p
= FALSE
;
5275 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5276 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5277 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5278 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5279 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5280 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5282 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5284 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5285 relocation value. */
5286 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5287 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5288 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5289 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5290 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5293 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5294 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5295 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5297 /* Parse the relocation. */
5298 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5299 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5300 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5301 + input_section
->output_offset
5302 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5304 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5305 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5307 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5308 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5309 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5310 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5312 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5313 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5314 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5317 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5318 must come before globals. */
5322 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5325 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5327 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5328 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5330 section_p
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
;
5332 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5333 if (!section_p
|| (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5334 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5335 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && section_p
)
5337 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5339 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5342 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5343 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5346 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5347 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5348 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5350 if (*namep
== NULL
|| **namep
== '\0')
5351 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5353 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5354 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5358 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5360 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5361 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5362 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5363 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5364 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5365 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5366 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5368 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5369 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5371 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5372 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5373 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5374 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5376 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5377 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5378 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5379 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5383 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5384 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5385 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5386 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5389 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5390 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5391 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5393 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5394 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5395 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5397 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5398 if (sec
->output_section
)
5399 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5400 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5401 + sec
->output_offset
);
5403 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5405 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5406 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5407 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5408 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5411 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5412 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5414 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5415 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5417 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5418 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5419 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5420 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5421 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5423 BFD_ASSERT (! bfd_link_pic (info
));
5424 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5427 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5429 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5430 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5431 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5432 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5433 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5434 which is available from here:
5435 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5440 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5441 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5442 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5443 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5444 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
));
5445 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5448 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5449 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5452 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5453 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5455 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5457 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5458 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5460 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5461 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5462 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5464 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5465 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5467 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5468 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5469 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5471 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5472 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5476 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5481 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5484 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5485 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5486 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5487 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5496 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5497 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5498 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5500 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5501 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5502 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5503 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5504 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5505 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5507 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5508 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5509 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5512 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5515 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5516 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5518 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5523 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5525 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5527 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5534 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5537 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5540 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5541 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5543 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5545 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5546 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5547 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5548 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5549 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5550 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5551 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5552 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5553 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5554 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5556 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5557 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5560 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5561 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5563 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5566 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5567 + sec
->output_offset
5568 + htab
->plt_header_size
5569 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5570 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5573 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5574 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5577 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5578 if ((mips16_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5579 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5581 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5582 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5583 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5586 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5587 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5588 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5589 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5590 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5592 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5593 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5594 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5595 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5596 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5597 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5598 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5599 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5601 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5603 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5604 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5606 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5611 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5612 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5613 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5614 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5616 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5617 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5621 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5622 to need it, get it now. */
5625 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5626 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5629 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5630 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5631 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5632 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5633 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5634 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5635 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5636 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5637 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5638 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5639 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5640 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5642 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5643 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5644 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5645 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5646 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5647 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5648 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5649 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5650 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5651 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5653 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5654 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5656 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5660 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5661 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5662 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5663 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5664 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5665 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5667 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5668 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5669 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5673 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5674 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5676 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5677 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5678 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5679 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5682 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5683 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5684 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5688 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5689 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5691 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5694 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5695 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5699 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5700 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5701 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5703 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5707 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5708 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5710 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5711 + input_section
->output_offset
5712 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5713 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5714 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5715 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5717 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5718 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5720 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5721 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5724 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5727 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5731 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5734 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5735 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5736 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5737 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5743 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5744 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5746 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5747 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5748 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5749 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5751 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5752 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5753 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5755 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5756 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5757 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5758 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5759 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5760 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5762 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5770 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5774 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5775 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5779 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5783 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5784 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5788 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5789 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5790 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5791 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5792 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5794 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5798 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5799 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5801 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& !section_p
)
5802 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5807 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5808 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5809 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (value
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5810 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5813 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5814 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5815 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5819 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5820 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5821 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5822 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5827 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5828 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5829 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5830 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5831 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5834 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5835 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5836 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5837 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5841 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5842 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5843 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5844 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5845 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5846 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5851 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5854 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5855 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5859 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5860 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5861 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5865 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5866 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5867 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5868 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5869 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5870 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5871 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5872 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5873 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5874 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5875 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5877 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5878 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5884 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5885 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5887 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5890 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5891 for this conditional. */
5892 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5893 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5894 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5895 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5896 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5898 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5899 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5900 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5901 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5902 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5905 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5906 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5909 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5910 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5911 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5912 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5913 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5914 not check for overflow here. */
5918 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5919 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5920 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5921 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5922 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5927 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5928 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5929 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5930 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5931 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5932 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5933 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5934 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5935 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5936 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5937 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5938 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5939 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5940 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5941 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5942 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5943 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5944 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5948 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5949 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5952 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5953 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5956 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5957 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5958 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5959 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5960 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5962 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5963 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5964 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5965 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5967 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5968 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5975 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5976 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5977 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5978 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5979 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5980 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5981 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5982 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5983 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5984 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5986 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5989 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5990 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5992 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5996 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5997 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5998 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
6000 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6001 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6003 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6004 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6005 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
6006 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6007 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6010 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
6011 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6012 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6014 if ((was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6015 && ((symbol
+ addend
) & 1) == 0)
6016 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6018 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6019 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6020 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6021 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6022 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6025 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
6026 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6027 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
6029 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6030 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6032 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6033 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6034 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6035 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6036 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6039 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6040 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6041 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6043 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6044 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6046 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6047 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6048 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6049 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6050 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6053 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6054 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6055 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6057 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6058 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6060 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6061 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6062 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6063 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6064 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6067 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6068 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6069 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6071 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6072 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6074 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6075 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6076 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6077 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6078 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6082 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6083 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6084 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6085 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6089 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6090 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6091 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6092 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6095 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6096 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6097 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6098 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6099 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6100 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6101 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6102 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6105 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6106 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6107 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6108 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6109 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6110 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6111 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6112 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6115 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6116 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6117 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6118 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6119 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6120 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6121 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6122 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6125 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6126 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6127 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6128 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6129 if (was_local_p
|| h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6130 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6131 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6132 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6135 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6136 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6137 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6138 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6139 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6140 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6141 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6143 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6144 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6147 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6148 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6149 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6150 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6151 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6154 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6155 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6156 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6157 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6158 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6159 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6160 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6163 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6164 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6166 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6169 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6173 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6174 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6175 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6179 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6180 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6181 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6184 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6185 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6186 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6187 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6190 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6191 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6192 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6193 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6197 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6198 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6199 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6200 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6201 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6202 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6203 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6207 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6208 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6209 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6210 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6213 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6214 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6217 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6219 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6222 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6225 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6226 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6227 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6230 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6231 unsigned int size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6233 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6235 x
= bfd_get (8 * size
, input_bfd
, location
);
6240 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6241 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6242 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6244 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6245 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6247 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6250 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6251 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6252 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6253 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6254 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6255 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6259 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6262 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6263 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6265 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6267 /* Obtain the current value. */
6268 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6270 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6271 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6273 /* Set the field. */
6274 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6276 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6277 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6280 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6281 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6283 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6284 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6286 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6289 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6291 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6296 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6300 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6301 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6304 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6305 (_("%X%H: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; "
6306 "consider recompiling with interlinking enabled\n"),
6307 input_bfd
, input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
);
6311 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6312 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6315 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6317 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6318 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6319 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6320 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6321 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6322 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6323 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6324 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6325 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6326 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6327 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6333 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6334 + input_section
->output_offset
6335 + relocation
->r_offset
6337 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6338 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6342 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6344 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6345 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6347 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6351 /* Put the value into the output. */
6352 size
= bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
6354 bfd_put (8 * size
, input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6356 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !bfd_link_relocatable (info
),
6362 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6363 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6364 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6365 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6368 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6369 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6370 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6371 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6372 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6373 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6375 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6380 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6381 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6383 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6384 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6386 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6387 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6388 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6389 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6390 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6391 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6394 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6395 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6396 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6398 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6399 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6400 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6401 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6404 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6405 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6408 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6410 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6411 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6412 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6417 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6418 in the relocation. */
6419 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6421 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6422 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6423 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6424 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6426 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6427 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6428 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6429 undefined symbols. */
6434 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6436 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6443 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6446 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6447 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6453 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6454 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6455 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6456 local symbols because we used to generate them
6457 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6458 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6459 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6460 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6461 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6462 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6464 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6465 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6466 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6467 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6468 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6473 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6474 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6475 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6476 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6477 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6480 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6481 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6482 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6484 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6485 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6486 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6489 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6490 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6491 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6492 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6493 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6494 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6495 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6496 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6497 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6498 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6499 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6500 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6501 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6502 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6505 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6507 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6508 correct location in the output file. */
6509 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6510 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6511 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6512 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6513 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6514 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6516 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6517 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6518 relocation format is non-standard. */
6519 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6521 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6522 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6524 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6526 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6528 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6529 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6530 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6531 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6533 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6536 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6537 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6538 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6540 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6541 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6543 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6544 will be writing to it. */
6545 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6548 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6549 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6551 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6556 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6558 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6559 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6560 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6561 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6562 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6563 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6565 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6566 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6567 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6569 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6570 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6571 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6572 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6573 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6574 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6575 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6579 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6580 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6582 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6583 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6588 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6591 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6593 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6595 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6596 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6598 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6599 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6601 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6602 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6604 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6605 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6607 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6608 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6610 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6611 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6613 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6614 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6616 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6617 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6619 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6620 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6622 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6623 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6625 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6626 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6628 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6629 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6631 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6632 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6634 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6635 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6637 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6638 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6640 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6641 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6643 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6644 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6646 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6647 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6650 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6654 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6657 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6660 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6663 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6666 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6668 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6669 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6671 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6672 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6674 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6675 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6677 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6678 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6680 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6681 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6683 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6684 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6691 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6693 static INLINE
char *
6694 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6698 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6699 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6702 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6704 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6708 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6710 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6712 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6714 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6717 return "unknown abi";
6721 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6722 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6723 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6724 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6725 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6726 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6727 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6728 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6730 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6731 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6732 definition in a shared library. */
6733 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6734 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6735 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6737 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6740 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6742 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6744 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6745 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6746 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6748 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6749 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6750 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6751 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6752 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6753 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6754 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6756 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6757 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6758 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6759 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6760 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6761 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6762 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6763 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6764 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6765 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6767 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6771 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6772 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6773 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6774 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6775 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6778 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6779 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6781 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6782 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6783 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6784 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6785 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6786 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6787 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6788 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6789 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6790 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6792 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6793 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6796 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6797 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6802 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6804 if (section
!= NULL
)
6806 asym
->section
= section
;
6807 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6808 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6809 base address to make it an offset. */
6810 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6817 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6819 if (section
!= NULL
)
6821 asym
->section
= section
;
6822 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6823 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6824 base address to make it an offset. */
6825 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6831 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6832 or microMIPS one. */
6833 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6834 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6837 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6838 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6839 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6841 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6842 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6846 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6847 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6849 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6850 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6851 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6852 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6853 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6855 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6856 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6857 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6858 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6860 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6861 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6862 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6863 We therefore take the following approach:
6865 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6866 determine the pointer size.
6868 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6869 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6873 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6874 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6875 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6876 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6877 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6879 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6880 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6884 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6886 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6888 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6890 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6892 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6893 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6894 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6901 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6902 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6903 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6912 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6913 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6914 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6916 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6917 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6920 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6921 will jump there rather than to .text.
6923 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6924 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6927 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6929 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6932 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6933 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6934 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6938 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6940 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6941 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6945 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6946 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6949 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6952 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6953 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6957 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6958 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6959 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6960 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6962 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6964 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6965 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6966 so that we don't have to read them again.
6967 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6968 through the section contents to see if there is an
6969 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6971 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6973 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6974 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6976 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6978 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6980 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6982 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6983 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6984 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6987 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6994 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6995 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6998 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6999 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
7002 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7009 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
7010 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
7013 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
7014 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
7021 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
7023 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
7025 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
7026 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
7027 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
7028 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
7029 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
7030 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
7031 on it in an input file will be followed. */
7032 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7033 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
7034 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
7035 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7036 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
7037 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7038 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7040 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7042 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7044 unsigned int adjust
;
7046 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7048 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7056 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7057 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7058 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7060 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7064 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7065 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7071 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7072 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7073 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7074 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7075 probably get away with this. */
7076 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7078 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7079 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7083 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7086 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7087 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7090 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7091 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7094 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7095 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7098 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7099 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7101 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7103 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7104 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7105 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7107 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7109 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7110 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7113 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7114 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7117 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7118 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7121 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7122 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7124 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7126 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7127 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7128 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7131 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7132 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7135 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7136 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7137 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7144 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7149 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7150 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7156 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7158 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7160 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7161 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7163 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7164 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7165 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7167 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7170 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7172 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7173 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7174 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7175 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7176 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7178 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7181 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7182 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7184 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7185 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7188 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7189 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7190 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7191 they should agree. */
7192 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7194 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7196 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7197 if (contents
== NULL
)
7199 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7206 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7207 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7209 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7211 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7213 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7215 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7216 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7217 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7220 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7222 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7224 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7226 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7227 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7229 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7231 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7233 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7235 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7237 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7238 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7240 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7250 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7251 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7252 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7255 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7257 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7259 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7261 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7262 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7263 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7265 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7266 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7267 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7269 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7270 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7271 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7273 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7274 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7275 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7277 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7278 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7279 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7280 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7281 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7283 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7285 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7287 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7288 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7289 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7290 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7292 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7293 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7295 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7298 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7300 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7301 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7302 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7303 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7305 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7306 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7308 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7309 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7312 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7313 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7314 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7315 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7316 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7317 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7318 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7319 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7321 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7322 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7324 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7326 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7327 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7328 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7330 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7332 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7333 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7334 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7336 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7338 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7339 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7341 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7342 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7344 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7346 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7347 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7348 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7349 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7350 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7352 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7354 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7355 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7356 final_write_processing. */
7358 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7359 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7361 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7362 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7363 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7365 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7367 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7368 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7369 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7372 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7373 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7374 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7375 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7376 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7381 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7382 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7383 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7384 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7385 the .scommon section. */
7388 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7389 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7391 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7393 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7396 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7398 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7404 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7405 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7408 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7409 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7410 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7411 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7413 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7414 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7415 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7417 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7422 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7423 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7424 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7425 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7426 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7427 is not done for them. */
7429 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7430 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7436 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7439 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7440 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7441 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7442 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7443 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7446 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7447 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7448 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7449 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7453 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7454 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7456 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7457 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7458 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7460 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7461 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7464 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7465 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7466 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7469 /* Initialize the section. */
7471 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7472 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7474 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7475 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7477 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7478 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7479 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7480 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7481 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7482 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7483 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7485 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7486 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7487 so I took it out. */
7488 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7491 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7492 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7494 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7495 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7497 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7498 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7499 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7501 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7502 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7505 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7506 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7507 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7510 /* Initialize the section. */
7512 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7513 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7515 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7516 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7518 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7519 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7520 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7521 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7522 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7523 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7524 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7526 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7527 bfd_link_pic (info). I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7528 so I took it out. */
7529 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7532 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7533 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7537 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7538 && ! bfd_link_pic (info
)
7539 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7540 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7542 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7543 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7545 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7547 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7548 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7549 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7552 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7555 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7557 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7560 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7561 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7564 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7565 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7566 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7567 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7573 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7574 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7575 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7578 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7579 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7580 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7581 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7583 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7584 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7585 common in the output file. */
7586 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7587 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7588 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7590 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7591 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7596 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7598 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7601 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7603 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7604 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7606 register asection
*s
;
7607 const char * const *namep
;
7608 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7610 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7611 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7613 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7614 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7616 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7618 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7620 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7623 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7628 /* We need to create .got section. */
7629 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7632 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7635 /* Create .stub section. */
7636 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7637 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7640 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7641 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7645 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7646 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7647 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7649 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7650 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7652 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7653 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7657 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7658 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7659 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7660 the linker takes such action. */
7661 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7663 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7666 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7667 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7668 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7671 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7674 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7676 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7680 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7681 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7683 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7687 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7688 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7690 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7692 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7694 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7696 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7698 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7701 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7703 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7705 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7707 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7710 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7714 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7716 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7717 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7718 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7721 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7724 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7726 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7729 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7731 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7732 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7733 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7734 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7735 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7736 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7738 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7740 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7741 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7742 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7745 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7748 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7750 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7752 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7756 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7757 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7758 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7761 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7762 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7763 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7764 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7766 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7767 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7770 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7772 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
7777 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7778 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7779 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7785 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7786 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7787 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7790 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7791 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7792 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7795 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7797 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7798 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7799 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7800 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7802 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7803 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7804 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7807 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7808 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7809 of the section that REL is against. */
7812 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7813 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7816 unsigned int r_type
;
7820 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7821 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7823 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7824 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7825 bytes
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7826 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7828 addend
= bytes
& howto
->src_mask
;
7830 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. Adjust the addend
7832 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
&& (bytes
>> 26) == 0x3c)
7838 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7839 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7840 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7841 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7842 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7845 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7846 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7847 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7848 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7850 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7851 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7852 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7855 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7856 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7857 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7858 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7859 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7860 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7861 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7863 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7865 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7866 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7867 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7870 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7872 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7873 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7874 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7875 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7876 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7877 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7879 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7880 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7881 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7882 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7883 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7886 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7887 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7888 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7890 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7891 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7898 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7899 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7900 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7903 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7908 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7909 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7911 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7915 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7918 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7920 static struct plt_entry
*
7921 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7923 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7925 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7929 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7930 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7931 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7932 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7936 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7937 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7938 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7941 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7942 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7946 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7949 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7950 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7952 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7953 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7956 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7958 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7961 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7962 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7964 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7965 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7966 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7967 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7969 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7970 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7972 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7974 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7975 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7977 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7979 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7982 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7985 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7986 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7987 " stub section `%s'"),
7989 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7993 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7994 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7998 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7999 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
8000 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
8001 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8003 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8004 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8006 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8007 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8008 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8009 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8013 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8015 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8018 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8019 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8020 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8021 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
8024 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8033 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8034 not need it. Since this function is called before
8035 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8036 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8038 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8042 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
8044 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8046 unsigned long symcount
;
8050 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8051 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8053 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8054 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8055 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8058 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8061 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8062 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8064 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8065 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8066 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8067 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8071 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8073 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8074 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8076 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8077 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8078 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8080 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8082 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8083 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8084 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8085 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8086 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8087 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8089 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8093 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8095 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8098 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8100 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8104 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8107 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8110 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8111 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8112 " stub section `%s'"),
8114 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8118 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8119 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8123 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8124 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8125 that refers to this symbol. */
8126 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8128 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8129 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8131 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8132 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8133 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8134 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8138 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8140 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8143 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8144 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8145 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8146 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8149 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8158 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8159 not need it. Since this function is called before
8160 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8161 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8163 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8167 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8169 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8171 unsigned long symcount
;
8175 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8176 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8178 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8179 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8180 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8183 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8186 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8187 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8189 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8190 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8191 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8192 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8196 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8197 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8199 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8201 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8202 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8204 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8206 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8207 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8208 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8209 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8210 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8213 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8217 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8219 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8225 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8227 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8228 unsigned int r_type
;
8229 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8230 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8231 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8232 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8234 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8235 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8237 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8239 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8241 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8242 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8244 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8249 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8252 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8253 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8254 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8256 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8258 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8262 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8263 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8264 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8266 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8267 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8268 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8270 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8271 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8272 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8273 .debug* should have no effect. */
8274 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8279 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8280 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8281 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8282 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8283 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8284 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8285 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8289 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8290 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8291 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8292 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8293 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8294 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8296 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8297 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8298 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8299 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8300 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8301 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8302 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8303 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8304 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8305 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8306 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8307 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8308 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8309 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8311 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8312 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8314 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8316 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8317 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8318 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8319 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8322 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8327 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8328 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8329 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8330 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8333 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8334 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8335 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8336 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8337 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8338 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8339 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8340 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8341 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8342 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8348 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8349 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8350 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8352 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8353 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8354 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8355 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8356 against a read-only section. */
8357 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
8359 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8360 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8361 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8362 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8363 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8364 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8366 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8368 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8374 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8375 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8377 case R_MIPS16_PC16_S1
:
8378 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8379 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8380 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8381 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8382 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8383 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8389 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8391 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8392 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8395 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8397 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8398 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8399 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8400 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8401 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8402 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8405 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8406 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8407 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8408 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8412 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8416 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8417 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8418 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8419 relocations against the text segment. */
8420 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8423 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8424 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8425 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8426 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8428 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8429 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8430 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8431 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8432 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8433 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8434 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8435 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8436 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8437 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8442 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8443 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8444 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8449 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8450 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8453 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8454 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8455 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8456 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8461 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8462 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8463 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8464 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8467 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8468 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8469 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8470 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8474 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8475 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8476 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8482 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8483 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8484 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8486 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8487 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8488 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8489 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8490 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8491 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8493 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8494 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8495 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8497 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8499 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8501 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8502 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8504 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8505 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8508 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8511 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8512 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8519 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8521 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8522 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8523 && ! (bfd_link_pic (info
) && ! info
->symbolic
8524 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8528 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8529 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8532 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8533 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8534 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8539 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8540 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8541 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8542 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8543 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8546 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8547 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8548 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8549 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8551 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8557 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8558 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8559 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8560 for TLS GD relocations. */
8563 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8569 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8579 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8580 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8581 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8582 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8586 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8590 if (bfd_link_pic (info
) && h
== NULL
)
8592 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8593 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8594 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8595 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8596 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8597 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8598 relocations against the text segment. */
8599 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8603 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8605 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8606 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8607 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8608 it will be left as zero.
8610 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8611 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8613 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8614 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8616 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8617 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8618 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8619 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8620 are relocations against the text segment. */
8621 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8625 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8626 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8627 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8631 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8632 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8633 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8634 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8635 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8636 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8637 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8638 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8639 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8640 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8643 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8644 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8645 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8646 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8650 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8651 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8652 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8653 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8655 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8663 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8664 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8665 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8666 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8667 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8668 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8671 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8672 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8674 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8675 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8676 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8679 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8680 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8682 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8685 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8686 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8687 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8688 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8690 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8691 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8693 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8695 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8696 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8699 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8700 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8701 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8702 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8703 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8704 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8711 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8712 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8713 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8714 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8715 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8716 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8717 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8720 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8721 and has a special meaning. */
8722 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8723 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8726 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8727 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8734 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8735 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8736 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8737 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8739 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8740 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8752 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8753 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8756 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8757 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8758 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8759 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8761 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8762 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8763 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8765 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8768 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
))
8771 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8772 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8773 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8776 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8777 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8778 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8779 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8781 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8784 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8785 unsigned int r_type
;
8786 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8788 unsigned long instruction
;
8790 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8791 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8792 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8793 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8794 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8797 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8798 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8799 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8801 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8802 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8803 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8805 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8806 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8807 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8809 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8811 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8812 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8813 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8814 || (bfd_link_pic (link_info
) && ! link_info
->symbolic
8815 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8818 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8819 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8820 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8821 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8822 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8824 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8828 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8830 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8831 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8833 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8834 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8835 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8836 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8838 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8842 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8843 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8845 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8846 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8847 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8848 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8851 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8852 symval
= isym
->st_value
8853 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8854 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8857 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8859 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8860 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8862 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8863 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8868 /* Check that it's in range. */
8869 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8872 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8873 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8876 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8878 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8879 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8880 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8881 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8882 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8883 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8887 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8888 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8889 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8892 if (contents
!= NULL
8893 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8895 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8899 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8900 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8906 if (contents
!= NULL
8907 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8912 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8915 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8917 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8920 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8922 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8923 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8925 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8926 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8928 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8929 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8930 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8933 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8934 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8935 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8938 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8939 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8940 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8941 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
8942 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8943 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8944 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8945 || bfd_link_pic (info
)))
8947 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8949 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8951 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8952 non-default visibility. */
8953 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8956 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8958 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8960 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8967 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8968 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8969 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8970 relocations against it.
8972 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8973 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8975 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8977 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8978 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8979 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8982 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8983 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8984 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8985 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8986 against the text segment. */
8987 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8994 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8995 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8996 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8997 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
9001 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9002 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
9006 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9008 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9009 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9011 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9012 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9014 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
9015 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
9017 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
9020 && !h
->def_regular
)));
9022 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
9024 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9025 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
9026 only do this if all references to the function are through call
9027 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9028 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9030 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
9031 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
9032 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9034 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9037 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
9038 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
9039 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
9040 executable and the shared library. */
9041 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9043 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
9044 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9048 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9049 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9051 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9052 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9053 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9054 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9055 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9056 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9057 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9058 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9059 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9060 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9061 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9062 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9063 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9065 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9066 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9068 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9069 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9070 for PLT offset calculations. */
9071 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9073 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9074 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9076 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9077 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9078 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9079 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9080 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9081 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9084 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9085 for the same reason as above. */
9086 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9087 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9090 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9092 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9094 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9095 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9097 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9098 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9099 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9100 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9102 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9103 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9104 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9105 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9106 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9107 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9108 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9110 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9111 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9112 else if (!micromips_p
)
9114 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9115 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9116 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9117 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9119 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9121 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9122 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9123 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9124 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9128 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9129 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9130 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9131 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9135 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9136 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9137 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9140 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9141 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9143 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9144 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9145 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9146 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9151 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9153 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9154 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9157 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9158 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9159 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9160 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9161 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9162 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9163 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9166 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9168 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9171 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9173 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9174 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9176 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9178 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9179 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9182 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9183 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9185 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9186 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9187 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && !h
->def_regular
)
9188 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9190 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9191 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9192 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9193 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9195 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9196 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
9197 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9199 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9200 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9201 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9206 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9207 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9208 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9209 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9211 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9212 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9213 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9214 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9218 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9219 in regular objects. */
9223 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9224 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9225 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9228 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9229 some that we can't convert. */
9230 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
9232 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9233 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9234 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9235 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9239 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9240 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9241 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9242 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9243 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9244 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9245 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9246 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9247 same memory location for the variable. */
9249 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9251 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9252 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9254 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9258 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9259 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9260 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9262 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9265 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9266 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9267 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9270 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9271 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9274 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9275 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9278 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9280 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9281 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9283 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9285 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9286 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9288 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9291 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9293 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9294 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9301 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9304 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9308 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9309 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9310 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9312 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9315 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9316 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9322 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9325 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9326 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9327 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9328 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9329 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9331 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9332 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9333 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9335 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9336 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9337 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9339 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9342 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9343 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9345 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9347 asection
*subsection
;
9349 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9351 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9353 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9355 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9356 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9360 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9361 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9362 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9363 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9366 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9367 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9368 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9370 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9372 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9373 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9375 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9376 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9378 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9379 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9380 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9382 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9383 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9385 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9387 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9392 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9393 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9394 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9395 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9396 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9397 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9399 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9400 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9403 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9404 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9407 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9408 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9410 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9411 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9412 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9414 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9416 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9422 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9425 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9428 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9430 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9431 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9433 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9436 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9437 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9438 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9440 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9441 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9442 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9444 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9445 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9447 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9448 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9449 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9450 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9451 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9452 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9453 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9454 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9455 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9456 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9457 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9458 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9459 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9461 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9462 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9463 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9465 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9468 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9469 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9470 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9473 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9475 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9477 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9481 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9482 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9483 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9485 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9487 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9488 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9489 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9491 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9492 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9493 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9494 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9499 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9500 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9501 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9502 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9503 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9508 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9509 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9512 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9514 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9515 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9516 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9517 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9519 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9523 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9524 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9526 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9529 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9531 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9533 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9536 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9537 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9538 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9540 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9541 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9542 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9545 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9552 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9553 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9554 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9555 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9558 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9560 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9561 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9562 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9567 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9568 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9570 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9572 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9573 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9574 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9576 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9577 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9580 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9586 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9587 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9590 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9591 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9593 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9596 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9597 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9598 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9604 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9607 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9608 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9611 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9612 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9615 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9616 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9617 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9618 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9620 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9622 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9623 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9625 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9626 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9628 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9630 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9633 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9634 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9635 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9636 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9637 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9638 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9640 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9641 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9643 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9644 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9645 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9647 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9648 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9649 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9650 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9651 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9654 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9655 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9656 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9658 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
9659 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9660 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9661 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9662 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9663 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9664 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9665 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9666 else if (!micromips_p
)
9667 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9668 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9669 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9671 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9673 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9674 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9675 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9676 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9677 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9678 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9679 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9681 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9683 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9685 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9686 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9687 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9692 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9693 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9699 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9700 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9702 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9704 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9707 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9709 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9710 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9713 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9717 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9718 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9719 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9721 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9724 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9728 const char *outname
;
9731 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9732 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9733 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9734 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9735 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9737 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9739 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9741 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9742 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9743 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9746 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9747 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9748 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9751 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9752 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9753 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9754 will move them around between input sections'
9755 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9756 broken, so don't let it run. */
9757 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9760 else if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9761 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9762 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9764 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9765 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9766 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9768 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9769 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9770 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9771 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9773 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9774 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9775 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9776 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9777 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9780 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9782 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9783 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9784 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9786 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9792 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9796 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9799 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9800 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9801 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9803 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9808 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9810 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9811 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9812 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9813 the .dynamic section. */
9815 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9816 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9817 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9818 may only look at the first one they see. */
9819 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
9820 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9823 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9824 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
, 0))
9827 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9828 used by the debugger. */
9829 if (bfd_link_executable (info
)
9830 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9831 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9834 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9835 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9837 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9839 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9842 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9843 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9844 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9845 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9846 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9849 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9852 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9853 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9855 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9856 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9857 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9859 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9862 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9865 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9871 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9873 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9876 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9879 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9883 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9886 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9889 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9892 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9895 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9898 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9901 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9904 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9905 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9908 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9909 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9910 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9911 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9914 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9916 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9919 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9922 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9925 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9928 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9929 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9936 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9937 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9938 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9939 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9942 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9943 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9944 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9946 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9947 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9950 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9952 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9953 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9954 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9955 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9957 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9958 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9961 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9962 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9964 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9965 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9967 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9968 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9971 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9972 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9973 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9977 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9978 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9979 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9980 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9981 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9982 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9983 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9984 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9985 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9986 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9987 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9989 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9990 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9991 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9994 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9995 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9996 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9997 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9998 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9999 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
10000 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
10001 bfd_byte
*contents
)
10003 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10004 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10005 unsigned int r_type
;
10008 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
10010 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
10011 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
10013 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10019 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
10020 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
10021 howto
, i
, contents
);
10026 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
10029 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10030 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
10031 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
10032 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
10033 asection
**local_sections
)
10035 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
10036 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
10037 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
10038 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10039 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10041 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10042 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10043 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
10047 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
10048 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
10049 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10051 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10052 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10054 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10056 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10057 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10058 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10060 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10061 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10063 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10064 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10066 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10067 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10068 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10070 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10075 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10078 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10079 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10080 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10081 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10082 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10083 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10086 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10087 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10088 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10091 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10093 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10094 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10095 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10099 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10101 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10102 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10103 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10104 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10105 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10106 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10107 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10109 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10111 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10112 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10115 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10117 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10118 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10119 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10120 RELA relocation. */
10121 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10124 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10125 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10127 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10128 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10129 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10132 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10133 contents
, &addend
))
10136 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10138 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10139 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10141 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10142 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10143 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10148 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10151 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10152 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10153 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10156 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
10158 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10159 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10160 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10162 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10164 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10165 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10166 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10167 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10168 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10169 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10170 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10172 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10174 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10175 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10176 source of the addend in the final link. */
10177 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10179 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10180 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10181 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10182 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10183 but for endianness. */
10189 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10191 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10198 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10199 do two separate stores. */
10200 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10202 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10204 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10205 high_bits
= addend
;
10210 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10212 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10213 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10214 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10215 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10219 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10220 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10225 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10229 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10230 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10231 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10233 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10234 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10235 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10236 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10238 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10240 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10241 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10242 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10243 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10244 local_sections
, &value
,
10245 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10246 use_saved_addend_p
))
10248 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10249 /* There's nothing to do. */
10252 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10253 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10254 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10255 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10256 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10259 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10260 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10261 info
->callbacks
->warning
10262 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10265 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10266 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10267 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10268 a given location. */
10272 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10274 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10275 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10276 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10277 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10278 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10279 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10281 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10282 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10284 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10285 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10287 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10288 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10289 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10296 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10298 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10299 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10300 else if (b_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10301 msg
= _("Branch to a non-instruction-aligned address");
10302 else if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10303 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10306 info
->callbacks
->einfo
10307 ("%X%H: %s\n", input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, msg
);
10310 /* Fall through. */
10317 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10318 until we reach the last one. */
10319 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10325 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10326 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10327 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10328 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10329 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10330 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10331 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10332 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10338 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10340 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10347 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10348 do two separate stores. */
10349 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10351 /* Undo what we did above. */
10352 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10353 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10355 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10361 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10364 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10365 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10366 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10370 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10371 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10372 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10373 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10380 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10381 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10384 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10386 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10387 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10388 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10391 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10393 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10394 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10395 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10396 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10398 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10399 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10403 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10412 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10413 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10415 /* Work out the target address. */
10416 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10417 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10419 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10420 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10422 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10424 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10425 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10426 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10428 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10430 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10431 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10433 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10434 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10439 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10440 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10445 /* This is trampoline. */
10447 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10449 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10450 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10451 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10452 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10453 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10454 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10455 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10459 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10460 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10461 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10462 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10468 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10469 adjust it appropriately now. */
10472 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10473 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10475 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10476 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10477 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10480 "__dso_displacement",
10482 "__program_header_table",
10486 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10494 const char* const *p
;
10497 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10498 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10501 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10503 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10505 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10506 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10508 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10510 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10512 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10518 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10519 dynamic sections here. */
10522 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10523 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10524 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10525 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10529 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10532 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10533 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10535 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10536 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10537 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10538 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10540 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10542 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10543 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10544 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10546 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10548 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10549 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10553 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10555 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10556 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10557 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10558 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10559 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10561 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10562 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10563 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10564 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10566 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10567 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10568 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10569 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10571 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10572 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10574 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10575 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10576 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10577 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10579 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10581 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10582 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10583 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10585 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10586 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10588 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10590 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10592 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10593 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10595 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10596 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10598 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10600 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10601 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10603 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10604 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10608 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10610 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10611 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10615 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10616 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10621 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10622 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10624 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10626 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10627 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10629 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10631 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10632 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10634 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10635 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10637 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10639 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10640 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10641 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10642 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10643 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10644 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10645 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10647 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10649 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10651 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10652 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10653 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10654 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10655 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10656 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10657 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10658 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10662 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10663 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10664 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10666 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10668 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10669 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10670 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10672 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10673 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10675 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10676 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10677 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10679 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10680 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10681 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10685 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10686 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10687 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10688 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10689 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10690 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10691 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10695 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10696 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10697 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10698 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10700 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10701 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10702 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10703 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10704 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10705 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10706 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10714 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10716 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10717 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10718 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10719 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10720 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10721 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10722 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10725 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10726 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10727 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10729 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10731 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10733 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10735 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10737 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10738 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10740 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10743 /* Fill the stub. */
10747 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10752 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10753 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10758 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10761 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10763 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10765 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10766 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10772 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10778 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10782 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10783 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10784 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10785 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10786 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10788 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10789 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10790 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10793 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10794 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10801 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10803 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE
, stub
+ idx
);
10805 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10811 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10814 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10815 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10816 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10817 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10819 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10820 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10823 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10827 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10828 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10831 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10832 only for the referenced symbol. */
10833 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10835 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10836 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10837 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10838 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10839 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10840 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10842 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10845 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10846 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10848 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10850 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10851 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10852 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10853 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10854 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10857 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10858 || h
->forced_local
);
10861 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10862 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10864 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10865 the symbols that need them. */
10866 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10871 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10872 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10873 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10876 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10878 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10884 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10887 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10889 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10892 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10895 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10896 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10897 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10898 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10900 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10901 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10903 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10904 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10905 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10906 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10907 appropriate addend. */
10908 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10910 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10911 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10912 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10914 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10915 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10918 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10919 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10920 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10924 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10925 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10930 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10931 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10932 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10933 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10934 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10935 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10936 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10938 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10939 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10942 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10944 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10945 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10946 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10948 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10950 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10951 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10953 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10954 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10956 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10958 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10960 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10961 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10962 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10963 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10965 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10967 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10968 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10969 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10970 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10974 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10980 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10981 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10983 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10984 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10985 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10986 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10987 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10988 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10991 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10992 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10993 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10995 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10996 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10997 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10999 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11000 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
11002 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
11004 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
11005 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
11011 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
11014 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11015 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11016 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11017 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11021 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
11022 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11023 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
11025 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11026 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11027 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11028 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
11030 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
11033 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
11034 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11035 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11036 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
11037 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
11039 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
11040 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
11042 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11043 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
11044 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
11045 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11047 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11048 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11049 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11052 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11053 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11054 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11055 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11057 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11058 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11059 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11061 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11062 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11063 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11065 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11066 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11067 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11068 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11070 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11071 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11073 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11075 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11076 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11077 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11081 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11083 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11084 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11085 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11087 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11088 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11089 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11090 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11091 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11092 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11093 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11094 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11096 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11097 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11099 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11100 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11101 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11102 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11103 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11105 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11106 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11107 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11108 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11109 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11110 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11112 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11113 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11115 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11116 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11119 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11120 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11121 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11122 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11123 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11127 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11128 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11131 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11134 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11135 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11137 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11138 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11141 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11145 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11146 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11147 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11149 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11150 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11151 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11152 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11153 + sgot
->output_offset
11155 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11156 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11157 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11160 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11163 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11165 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11167 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11168 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11169 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11170 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11172 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11173 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11174 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11175 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11176 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11179 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11180 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11181 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11186 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11189 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11192 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11193 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11194 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11196 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11197 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11199 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11200 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11201 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11202 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11203 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11204 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11205 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11206 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11208 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11210 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11211 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11212 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11213 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11214 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11216 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11217 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11218 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11219 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11221 /* Install the PLT header. */
11222 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11223 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11225 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11226 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11229 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11231 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11232 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11233 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11235 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11236 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11238 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11239 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11241 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11242 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11243 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11244 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11247 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11248 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11249 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11250 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11251 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11253 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11257 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11258 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11259 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11260 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11261 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11262 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11263 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11264 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11270 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11272 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11273 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11275 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11281 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11282 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11285 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11287 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11289 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11290 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11293 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11294 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11296 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11298 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11299 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11300 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11301 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11303 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11304 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11306 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11307 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11309 /* Install the PLT header. */
11310 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11311 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11312 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11313 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11314 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11315 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11316 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11318 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11319 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11320 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11321 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11323 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11324 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11326 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11327 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11328 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11329 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11330 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11331 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11333 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11334 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11335 in which symbols were output. */
11336 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11338 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11340 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11341 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11342 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11343 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11345 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11346 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11347 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11348 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11350 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11351 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11352 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11353 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11357 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11360 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11363 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11365 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11366 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11368 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11369 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11370 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11371 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11374 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11377 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11378 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11383 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11384 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11386 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11387 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11389 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11391 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11394 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11396 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11399 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11401 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11402 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11404 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11405 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11407 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11408 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11409 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11411 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11415 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11417 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11418 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11420 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11426 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11430 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11431 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11435 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11437 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11442 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11445 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11447 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11450 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11451 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11454 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11455 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11458 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11462 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11466 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11468 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11471 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11473 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11476 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11477 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11478 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11479 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11482 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11483 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11486 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11487 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11488 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11489 referenced within the same object. */
11490 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11493 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11494 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11496 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11499 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11500 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11501 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11503 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11505 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11506 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
11509 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11511 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11514 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11515 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11518 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11521 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11524 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11525 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11528 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11530 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP tag stores the absolute address of the
11532 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11533 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11537 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
11539 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11540 bfd_vma dt_addr
, rld_addr
;
11541 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11544 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11545 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11548 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11550 /* The MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL tag stores the offset to the debug
11551 pointer, relative to the address of the tag. */
11552 dt_addr
= (sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
11553 + (b
- sdyn
->contents
));
11554 rld_addr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11555 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11556 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= rld_addr
- dt_addr
;
11560 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11561 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11562 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11563 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11567 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11568 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11570 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11574 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11575 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11576 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11578 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11582 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11583 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11587 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11588 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11589 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11593 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11594 the dynamic tag. */
11595 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11597 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11598 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11603 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11604 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11605 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11606 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11608 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11612 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11613 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11614 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11619 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11620 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11621 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11625 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11630 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11631 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11632 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11635 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11636 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11638 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11640 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11641 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11642 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11643 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11644 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11645 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11646 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11648 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11649 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11650 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11652 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11656 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11657 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11658 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11659 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11660 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11661 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11664 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11665 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11668 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11669 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11671 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11672 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11674 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11675 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11677 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11679 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11680 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11682 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11683 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11684 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11686 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11688 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
11691 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11693 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11694 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11697 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11698 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11699 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11700 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11701 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11702 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11704 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11709 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11710 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11713 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11716 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11718 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11720 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11721 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11722 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11724 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11727 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11728 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11730 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11736 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11737 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11738 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11739 are trailing null entries. */
11740 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11741 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11742 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11743 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11744 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11745 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11746 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11747 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11752 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11757 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11764 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11766 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11768 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11769 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11773 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11775 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11776 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11779 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11780 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11783 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11784 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11786 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11788 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11789 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11790 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11791 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11796 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11797 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11798 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11799 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11800 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11802 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11804 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11806 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11808 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11809 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11810 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11811 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11813 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11814 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11815 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11820 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11822 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11824 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11825 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11827 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11831 BFD_ASSERT (!bfd_link_pic (info
));
11832 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11840 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11843 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11847 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11850 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11851 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11854 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11855 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11858 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11859 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11862 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11863 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11864 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11865 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11866 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11869 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11870 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11873 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11874 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11877 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11878 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11881 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11882 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11885 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11886 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11889 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11890 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11893 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11894 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11897 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11898 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11901 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11902 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11905 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11906 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11907 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11908 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11909 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11910 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11911 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11912 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11915 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11916 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11919 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11920 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11923 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11924 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11927 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11928 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11931 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11932 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11935 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11936 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11937 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11940 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11941 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11944 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11945 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11948 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11949 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11952 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11953 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11956 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11957 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11960 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11961 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11962 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11963 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11966 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11967 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11968 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11969 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11972 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11973 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11976 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11977 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11980 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11981 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11986 /* Whether to sort relocs output by ld -r or ld --emit-relocs, by r_offset.
11987 Don't do so for code sections. We want to keep ordering of HI16/LO16
11988 as is. On the other hand, elf-eh-frame.c processing requires .eh_frame
11989 relocs to be sorted. */
11992 _bfd_mips_elf_sort_relocs_p (asection
*sec
)
11994 return (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0;
11998 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11999 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
12000 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
12003 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
12004 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
12011 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
12012 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
12013 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
12014 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
12015 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
12017 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
12018 info for each special section. */
12019 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
12020 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
12023 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
12025 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
12026 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
12027 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
12029 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12032 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
12033 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12034 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12035 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12036 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
12037 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
12038 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12039 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12042 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
12043 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12044 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12045 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
12046 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
12047 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12048 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
12049 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12050 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12053 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
12054 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
12056 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12057 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
12059 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12062 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
12063 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
12064 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
12065 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
12066 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
12067 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12068 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
12071 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
12072 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12074 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
12076 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
12077 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
12084 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12088 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12089 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12094 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12095 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12096 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12099 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12100 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12103 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12104 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12105 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12106 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12109 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12110 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12111 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12112 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12115 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12116 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12117 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12118 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12124 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12127 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12128 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12131 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12134 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12136 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12137 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12139 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12140 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12145 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12149 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12151 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12153 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12154 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12156 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12157 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12165 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12167 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12168 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12170 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12171 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12176 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12180 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12182 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12184 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12185 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12187 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12188 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12196 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12197 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12198 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12200 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12201 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12202 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12203 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12205 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12207 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12208 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12213 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12215 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12217 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12218 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12221 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12223 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12224 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12225 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12226 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12227 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12228 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12229 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12230 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12231 *pm
= options_segment
;
12237 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12239 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12240 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12241 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12242 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12243 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12245 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12246 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12251 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12255 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12257 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12262 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12267 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12270 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12271 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12272 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12282 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12283 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12285 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12287 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12290 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12291 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12292 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12293 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12294 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12295 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12296 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12297 PT_LOAD segment. */
12298 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12301 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12303 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12305 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12309 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12311 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12313 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12315 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12316 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12323 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12324 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12329 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12330 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12332 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12335 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12336 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12343 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12345 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12347 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12349 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12358 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12359 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12361 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12362 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12363 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12364 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12365 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12367 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12368 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12369 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12370 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12371 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12374 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12375 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12377 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12378 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12380 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12381 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12385 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12389 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12397 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12401 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12402 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12403 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12404 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12405 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12407 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12410 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12412 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12413 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12417 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12420 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12423 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12424 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12425 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12426 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12429 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12430 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12431 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12432 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12433 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12434 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12436 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12439 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12440 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12441 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12443 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12444 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12445 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12447 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12448 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12450 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12451 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12452 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12453 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12454 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12455 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12456 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12457 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12458 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12459 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12460 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12461 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12462 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12463 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12464 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12465 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12466 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12467 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12468 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12469 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12480 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12483 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12484 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12488 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12490 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12494 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12497 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12499 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12500 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12502 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12510 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12511 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12512 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12513 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12516 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12517 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12518 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12520 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12522 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12524 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12525 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12526 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12527 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12528 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12529 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12531 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12534 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12535 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12536 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12537 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12538 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12539 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12541 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12542 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12544 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12546 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12547 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12549 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12551 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12552 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12554 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12556 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12557 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12559 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12560 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12561 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12562 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12563 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12564 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12567 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12570 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12571 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12574 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12575 unsigned char *tdata
;
12578 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12583 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12585 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12586 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12589 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12593 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12594 info
->keep_memory
);
12601 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12602 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12604 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12606 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12615 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12616 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12617 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12618 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12624 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12625 free (cookie
->rels
);
12631 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12633 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12639 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12640 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12641 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12643 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12646 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12649 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12653 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12654 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12656 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12658 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12661 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12664 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12665 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12669 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12670 from output by default for clarity. */
12673 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12675 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12678 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12679 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12681 struct mips_elf_find_line
12683 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12684 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12688 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12689 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12690 const char **filename_ptr
,
12691 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12692 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12693 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12697 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12698 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12699 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12700 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12701 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12702 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12705 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12706 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12710 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12713 flagword origflags
;
12714 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12715 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12716 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12718 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12719 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12720 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12721 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12722 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12723 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12725 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12728 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12731 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12732 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12734 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12737 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12741 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12743 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12747 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12748 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12749 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12750 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12752 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12755 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12756 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12757 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12758 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12759 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12760 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12761 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12763 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12765 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12766 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12767 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12768 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12769 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12770 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12773 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12774 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12777 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12781 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12784 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12786 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12787 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12788 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12792 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12793 const char **filename_ptr
,
12794 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12795 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12798 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12799 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12800 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12805 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12806 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12807 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12810 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12811 const void *location
,
12812 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12814 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12818 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12820 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12821 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12822 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12825 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12828 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12831 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12834 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12837 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12841 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12842 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12845 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12847 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12848 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12850 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12853 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12854 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12855 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12858 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12859 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12862 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12865 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12866 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12869 /* read in the section */
12870 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12871 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12874 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12878 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12881 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12886 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12889 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12890 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12891 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12892 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12893 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12897 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12898 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12905 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12906 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12907 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12910 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12911 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12913 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12915 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12916 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12918 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12920 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12929 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12931 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12932 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12934 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12935 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12936 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12938 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12939 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12940 to the generic handling. */
12942 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12943 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12944 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12945 input_section
, relocatable
,
12948 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12950 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12955 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12957 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12958 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12962 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12966 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12967 (*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12968 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12969 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
);
12971 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12972 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12973 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12974 (link_info
, error_message
,
12975 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12977 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12978 (*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12980 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12981 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12982 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
);
12984 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12993 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12994 free (reloc_vector
);
12998 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12999 free (reloc_vector
);
13004 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
13005 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
13007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13008 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
13009 bfd_byte
*contents
;
13010 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13011 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13012 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
13013 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
13014 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
13015 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
13016 unsigned int symcount
;
13018 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
13019 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13021 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
13022 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13024 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
13025 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
13026 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
13027 sec
->size
-= count
;
13029 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
13030 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13032 /* Get the new reloc address. */
13033 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
13034 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
13037 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
13038 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
13040 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
13041 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13042 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13043 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
13044 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
13045 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
13047 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
13048 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
13049 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
13050 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13051 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
13053 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
13055 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
13057 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13058 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13059 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
13061 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13063 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
13064 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
13066 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
13074 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
13075 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
13077 struct opcode_descriptor
{
13078 unsigned long match
;
13079 unsigned long mask
;
13082 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13086 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13088 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13089 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13091 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13093 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13094 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13097 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13099 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13100 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13101 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13102 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13105 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13106 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13108 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13109 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13111 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13112 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13114 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13115 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13117 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13118 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13120 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13121 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13124 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13126 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13127 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13128 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13130 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13132 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13133 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13134 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13135 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13138 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13139 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13140 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13141 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13144 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13145 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13146 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13147 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13150 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13151 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13152 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13153 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13156 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13158 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0xf) + 2)
13159 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 7) << 7)
13162 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13164 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13165 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13167 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13168 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13170 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13171 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13173 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13174 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13176 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13177 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13179 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13181 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13182 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13184 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13185 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13187 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13188 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13189 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13190 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13193 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13195 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13196 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13198 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13199 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13200 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13204 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13206 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13207 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13209 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13210 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13212 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13213 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13215 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13217 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13219 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13220 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13222 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13223 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13224 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13225 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13229 /* LUI instruction. */
13231 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13232 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13235 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13237 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13238 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13240 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13241 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13243 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13244 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13247 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13249 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13250 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13251 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13252 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13254 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13255 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13257 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13258 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13259 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13260 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13263 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13264 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13267 /* NOP instructions. */
13269 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13270 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13272 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13273 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13276 /* Instruction match support. */
13278 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13281 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13283 unsigned long indx
;
13285 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13286 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13293 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13295 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13296 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13297 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13298 the second half of another instruction. */
13301 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13303 unsigned long opcode
;
13306 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13307 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13308 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13310 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13311 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13312 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13315 /* No delay slot. */
13321 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13322 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13323 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13324 the second half of another instruction. */
13327 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13329 unsigned long opcode
;
13332 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13333 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13334 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13336 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13337 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13340 /* No delay slot. */
13346 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13347 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13350 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13352 unsigned long opcode
;
13354 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13355 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13357 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13359 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13360 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13361 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13363 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13369 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13370 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13373 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13375 unsigned long opcode
;
13377 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13378 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13380 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13381 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13382 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13384 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13385 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13386 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13387 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13388 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13389 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13390 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13391 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13397 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13398 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13399 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13402 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13403 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13404 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13406 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13407 unsigned long opcode
;
13409 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13410 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13413 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13414 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13415 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13421 /* Bitsize checking. */
13422 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13423 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13424 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13428 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13429 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13430 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13432 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13433 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13434 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13435 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13436 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13437 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13439 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13442 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13443 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13446 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
13447 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13448 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13449 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13452 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13454 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13455 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13456 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13457 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13458 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13461 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13462 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13463 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13465 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13466 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13467 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13468 unsigned long opcode
;
13474 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13475 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13479 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13481 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13482 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13483 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13486 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13487 if (contents
== NULL
)
13489 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13490 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13491 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13492 /* Go get them off disk. */
13493 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13496 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13498 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13499 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13501 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13502 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13503 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13504 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13506 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13510 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13511 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13513 /* A local symbol. */
13514 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13517 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13518 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13519 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13520 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13521 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13522 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13523 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13525 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13526 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13527 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13528 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13529 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13533 unsigned long indx
;
13534 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13536 /* An external symbol. */
13537 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13538 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13539 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13541 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13542 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13543 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13544 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13545 regular reloc processing. */
13548 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13549 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13550 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13551 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13552 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13556 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13557 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13558 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13559 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13560 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13561 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13562 the linker is run. */
13564 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13565 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13568 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13570 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13571 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13573 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13576 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13577 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13578 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13580 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13582 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13583 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13584 out the offset). */
13585 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13587 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13588 unsigned long nextopc
;
13592 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13594 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13595 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13596 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13599 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13600 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13601 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13602 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13605 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13606 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13607 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13608 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13611 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13612 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13613 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13614 it through if so. */
13615 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13616 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13617 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13618 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13619 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13620 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13622 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13624 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13627 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13629 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13630 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13631 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13632 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13633 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13634 switch (offset
- 4)
13639 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13643 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13650 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13652 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13654 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13657 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13658 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13659 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13661 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13662 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13664 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13665 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13667 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13668 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13669 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13670 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13671 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13672 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13675 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13676 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13677 the PC-relative distance. */
13678 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13679 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13680 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13681 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13682 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13684 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13685 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13687 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13688 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13689 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13691 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13692 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13695 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13699 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13700 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13702 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13707 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13708 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13709 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13710 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13711 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13712 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13713 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13714 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13716 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13717 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13718 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13719 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13721 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13725 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13727 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13728 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13729 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13730 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13732 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13734 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13735 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13739 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13740 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13742 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13743 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13744 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13746 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13747 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13749 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13752 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13755 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13760 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13761 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13763 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13764 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13765 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13766 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13767 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13768 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13772 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13774 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13775 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13777 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13779 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13780 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13781 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13784 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13789 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13791 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13792 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13793 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13794 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13796 unsigned long n32opc
;
13797 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13799 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13801 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13803 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13804 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13808 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13810 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13812 (move_insn_16
.match
13813 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13814 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13819 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13820 instructions will be handled here later. */
13824 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13825 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13826 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13828 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13836 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13837 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13838 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13839 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13841 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13842 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13843 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13846 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13847 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13852 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13853 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13855 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13859 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13860 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13864 if (contents
!= NULL
13865 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13867 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13871 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13872 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13876 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13877 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13878 free (internal_relocs
);
13883 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13884 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13886 if (contents
!= NULL
13887 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13889 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13890 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13891 free (internal_relocs
);
13896 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13898 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13899 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13901 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13902 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13904 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13908 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13909 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13910 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13916 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13917 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13919 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13922 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13924 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13925 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13927 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13929 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13932 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13934 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13935 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13936 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13941 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13942 and copy relocs. */
13945 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13947 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13950 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13951 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13954 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13956 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13959 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13961 struct mips_mach_extension
13963 unsigned long extension
, base
;
13967 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13968 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13970 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
13972 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13973 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
13974 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
13975 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
13976 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13977 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
13979 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13980 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13981 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13982 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
13984 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13985 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
13987 /* R10000 extensions. */
13988 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13989 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13990 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
13992 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13993 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13994 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13995 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13996 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13997 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
13998 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14000 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14001 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14002 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14003 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14004 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14005 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14007 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14008 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14009 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14011 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14012 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14013 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14014 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14015 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14016 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14017 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14018 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14019 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14020 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14021 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14023 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14024 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14026 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14027 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14028 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14030 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14031 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14032 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14035 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14038 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14042 if (extension
== base
)
14045 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14046 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14049 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14050 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14053 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14054 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14056 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14057 if (extension
== base
)
14064 /* Return the BFD mach for each .MIPS.abiflags ISA Extension. */
14066 static unsigned long
14067 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (unsigned int isa_ext
)
14071 case AFL_EXT_3900
: return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
14072 case AFL_EXT_4010
: return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
14073 case AFL_EXT_4100
: return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
14074 case AFL_EXT_4111
: return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
14075 case AFL_EXT_4120
: return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
14076 case AFL_EXT_4650
: return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
14077 case AFL_EXT_5400
: return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
14078 case AFL_EXT_5500
: return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
14079 case AFL_EXT_5900
: return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
14080 case AFL_EXT_10000
: return bfd_mach_mips10000
;
14081 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
14082 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
14083 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
: return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
14084 case AFL_EXT_SB1
: return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
14085 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
14086 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
;
14087 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
: return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
14088 case AFL_EXT_XLR
: return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
14089 default: return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
14093 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
14096 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
14098 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
14100 case bfd_mach_mips3900
: return AFL_EXT_3900
;
14101 case bfd_mach_mips4010
: return AFL_EXT_4010
;
14102 case bfd_mach_mips4100
: return AFL_EXT_4100
;
14103 case bfd_mach_mips4111
: return AFL_EXT_4111
;
14104 case bfd_mach_mips4120
: return AFL_EXT_4120
;
14105 case bfd_mach_mips4650
: return AFL_EXT_4650
;
14106 case bfd_mach_mips5400
: return AFL_EXT_5400
;
14107 case bfd_mach_mips5500
: return AFL_EXT_5500
;
14108 case bfd_mach_mips5900
: return AFL_EXT_5900
;
14109 case bfd_mach_mips10000
: return AFL_EXT_10000
;
14110 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
14111 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
14112 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
: return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
14113 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
: return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
14114 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
14115 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
14116 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
14117 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
: return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
14118 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
: return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
14123 /* Encode ISA level and revision as a single value. */
14124 #define LEVEL_REV(LEV,REV) ((LEV) << 3 | (REV))
14126 /* Decode a single value into level and revision. */
14127 #define ISA_LEVEL(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) >> 3)
14128 #define ISA_REV(LEVREV) ((LEVREV) & 0x7)
14130 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
14133 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
14136 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
14138 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (1, 0); break;
14139 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (2, 0); break;
14140 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (3, 0); break;
14141 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (4, 0); break;
14142 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (5, 0); break;
14143 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 1); break;
14144 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 2); break;
14145 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (32, 6); break;
14146 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 1); break;
14147 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 2); break;
14148 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
: new_isa
= LEVEL_REV (64, 6); break;
14150 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14151 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
14152 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
14155 if (new_isa
> LEVEL_REV (abiflags
->isa_level
, abiflags
->isa_rev
))
14157 abiflags
->isa_level
= ISA_LEVEL (new_isa
);
14158 abiflags
->isa_rev
= ISA_REV (new_isa
);
14161 /* Update the isa_ext if ABFD describes a further extension. */
14162 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
->isa_ext
),
14163 bfd_get_mach (abfd
)))
14164 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
14167 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
14170 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
14172 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
14173 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
14174 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
14175 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
14176 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
14177 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14178 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14179 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14182 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14185 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14187 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14189 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14190 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14192 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14193 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14195 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14197 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14199 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14200 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14202 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14203 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14204 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14205 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14206 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14207 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14208 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14209 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14210 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14212 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14214 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14215 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14216 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14217 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14218 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14219 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14221 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14222 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14223 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14224 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14225 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14226 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14229 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14230 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14231 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14234 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14237 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14238 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14239 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14240 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14241 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14242 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14243 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14244 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14245 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14246 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14253 static const char * const secname
[] =
14255 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14256 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14258 static const int sc
[] =
14260 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14261 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14264 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14266 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14267 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14269 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14272 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14274 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14276 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14280 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14281 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14283 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14285 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14286 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14287 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14288 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14289 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14290 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14291 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14292 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14293 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14294 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14295 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14296 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14298 else if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14300 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14302 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14303 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14305 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14308 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14309 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14313 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14314 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14315 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14319 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14321 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14322 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14324 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14325 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14326 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14328 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14330 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14331 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14332 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14333 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14335 asection
*input_section
;
14337 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14339 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14344 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14346 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14347 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14348 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14351 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14352 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14354 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14355 matters, but someday it might). */
14356 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14361 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14363 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14365 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14366 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14367 the information together. */
14368 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14370 asection
*input_section
;
14372 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14375 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14377 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14382 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14383 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14385 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14386 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14389 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14391 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14392 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14393 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14394 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14395 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14397 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14398 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14399 finally written out. */
14401 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14402 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14403 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14406 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14407 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14409 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14410 matters, but someday it might). */
14411 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14416 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14418 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14421 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14422 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14423 the information together. */
14424 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14425 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14426 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14427 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14428 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14429 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14430 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14431 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14432 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14433 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14434 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14435 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14436 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14438 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14440 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14441 debug_info structure. */
14443 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14444 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14445 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14446 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14447 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14449 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14450 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14451 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14452 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14454 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14455 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14459 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14463 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14464 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14465 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14466 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14468 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14470 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14471 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14474 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14475 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14478 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14479 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14480 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14484 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14486 asection
*input_section
;
14488 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14489 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14493 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14495 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14500 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14501 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14503 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14505 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14506 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14507 want to deal with it. */
14511 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14512 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14514 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14516 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14517 read in the debugging information and set up an
14518 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14519 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14523 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14524 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14525 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14528 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14529 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14530 the linker global hash table and save the information
14531 for the output external symbols. */
14532 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14533 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14534 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14535 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14537 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14538 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14542 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14544 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14545 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14546 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14547 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14550 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14551 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14552 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14553 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14558 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14559 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14560 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14566 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14567 free (input_debug
.line
);
14568 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14569 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14570 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14571 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14572 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14573 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14574 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14575 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14576 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14577 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14579 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14580 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14581 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14584 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && bfd_link_pic (info
))
14586 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14587 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14588 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14590 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14591 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14593 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14596 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14597 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14601 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14607 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14610 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14612 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14613 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14614 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14618 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14619 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14621 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14622 matters, but someday it might). */
14623 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14628 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14630 const char *subname
;
14633 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14636 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14637 information describing how the small data area would
14638 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14639 not used in executables files. */
14640 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14642 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14644 asection
*input_section
;
14646 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14648 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14653 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14655 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14656 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14657 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14660 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14661 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14662 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14664 /* Really remove the section. */
14665 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14666 --abfd
->section_count
;
14671 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14672 uninitialized data. */
14673 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14674 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14675 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14679 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14680 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14681 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14682 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14686 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14687 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14688 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14689 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14690 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14691 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14692 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14694 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14695 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14697 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14698 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14699 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14702 /* Set up the first entry. */
14704 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14705 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14708 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14709 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14711 /* Combine the input sections. */
14712 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14714 asection
*input_section
;
14716 bfd_size_type size
;
14717 unsigned long last
;
14718 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14720 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14722 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14727 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14728 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14730 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14731 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14732 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14733 size
= input_section
->size
;
14735 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14737 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14739 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14740 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14746 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14747 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14748 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14754 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14756 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14757 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14760 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14762 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14763 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14765 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14771 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14774 /* We need a new table entry. */
14775 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14776 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14777 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14783 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14784 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14786 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14787 value, since that will be implied by this new
14790 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14792 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14794 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14795 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14799 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14800 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14805 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14808 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14809 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14810 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14813 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14815 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14817 /* Swap out the table. */
14818 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14819 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14820 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14826 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14827 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14830 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14831 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14833 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14834 matters, but someday it might). */
14835 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14839 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14840 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14843 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14845 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14847 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14848 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14850 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14852 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14853 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14855 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14856 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14858 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14859 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14863 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14865 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14867 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14868 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14872 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14874 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14875 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14877 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14880 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14883 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14885 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14886 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14887 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14891 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14893 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14894 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14895 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14899 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14901 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14902 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14904 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14905 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14906 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14914 /* Merge object file header flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error
14915 if there are conflicting settings. */
14918 mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14920 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
14921 flagword old_flags
;
14922 flagword new_flags
;
14925 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
14926 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14927 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
14929 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14931 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14932 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
14934 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14935 doesn't seem to matter. */
14936 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14937 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
14939 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14940 just be able to ignore this. */
14941 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14942 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
14944 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14945 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
14946 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14948 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
14953 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
14954 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
14956 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14957 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14962 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
14963 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
14964 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
14965 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
14967 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14968 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
14970 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14971 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
14973 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14974 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14978 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
14980 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14981 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
14983 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14984 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14985 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14986 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
14987 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
14988 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
14989 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
14991 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
14992 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
14994 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14995 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14996 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
14997 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
14998 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
14999 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15003 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15004 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15005 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15007 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15008 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15013 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15014 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15016 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15017 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15018 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15019 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15020 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15022 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15023 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15024 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15025 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15027 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15028 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15030 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15031 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15034 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15035 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15038 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15039 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15040 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15042 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15043 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15044 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15045 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15046 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15047 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15049 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15051 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15052 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15054 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15055 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15059 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15061 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15062 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15065 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15066 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15068 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15070 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15071 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15072 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15073 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15075 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15076 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15079 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15080 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15082 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15084 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15085 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15086 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15087 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15089 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15090 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15093 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15094 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15096 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15097 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules "
15099 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15100 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15107 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15108 there are conflicting attributes. */
15110 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15112 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
15113 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15117 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
15118 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15119 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15120 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15122 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
15124 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15125 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
15127 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
15129 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
15130 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15132 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
15134 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
15139 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
15140 non-conflicting ones. */
15141 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15142 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
15146 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15147 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15148 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
15149 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15150 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
15151 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15152 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15153 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15154 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15156 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15157 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15159 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
15160 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
15161 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
15162 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
15163 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15164 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15165 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15167 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
15168 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15170 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
15171 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
15172 /* Keep the current setting. */;
15173 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15175 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
15177 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
15178 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
15179 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
15180 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
15182 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15183 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15184 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
15185 else if (!out_string
)
15187 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
15188 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15189 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
15190 else if (!in_string
)
15192 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15193 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
15194 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
15197 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
15198 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
15199 really relevant to the error message. */
15200 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15201 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
15202 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
15203 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
15205 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15206 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
15211 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
15212 non-conflicting ones. */
15213 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15215 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
15216 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15217 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
15218 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
15219 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15221 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15223 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
15224 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15225 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15226 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15230 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
15232 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
15234 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15235 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
15236 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15237 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
15242 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
15243 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
15244 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
15245 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
15246 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
15252 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
15253 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
15256 /* Merge object ABI flags from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
15257 there are conflicting settings. */
15260 mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15262 obj_attribute
*out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15263 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15264 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15266 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15267 out_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15269 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15270 /* Merge abiflags. */
15271 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
,
15272 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_level
);
15273 out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15274 in_tdata
->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15275 out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15276 in_tdata
->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15277 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15278 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15279 out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
= max (out_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15280 in_tdata
->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15282 out_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.ases
;
15283 out_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
|= in_tdata
->abiflags
.flags1
;
15288 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
15289 object file when linking. */
15292 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15294 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*out_tdata
;
15295 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*in_tdata
;
15296 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15300 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15301 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15303 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15304 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15309 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15312 in_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
);
15313 out_tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
);
15315 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15317 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15318 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15323 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. If not,
15324 then it has no attributes, and its flags may not have been initialized
15325 either, but it cannot actually cause any incompatibility. */
15326 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15328 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15329 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15330 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15331 not affect compatibility. */
15332 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15333 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15334 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15336 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15337 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15338 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15340 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15344 if (null_input_bfd
)
15347 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15348 if (in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15350 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15351 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15352 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15354 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15356 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15357 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_tdata
->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15359 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15360 in_abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15362 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15363 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15364 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15365 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15367 if (LEVEL_REV (in_abiflags
.isa_level
, in_abiflags
.isa_rev
)
15368 < LEVEL_REV (abiflags
.isa_level
, abiflags
.isa_rev
))
15369 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15370 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15371 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15372 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15373 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15374 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15375 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between .gnu.attributes and "
15376 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15377 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15378 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15379 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15380 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15381 /* The isa_ext is allowed to be an extension of what can be inferred
15383 if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (abiflags
.isa_ext
),
15384 bfd_mips_isa_ext_mach (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
)))
15385 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15386 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15387 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15388 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15389 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15390 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15391 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15392 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15396 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &in_tdata
->abiflags
);
15397 in_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15400 if (!out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
)
15402 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15403 out_tdata
->abiflags
= in_tdata
->abiflags
;
15404 out_tdata
->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15407 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15409 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15410 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15411 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15412 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15414 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15415 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15416 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15417 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15419 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15420 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15423 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15424 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &out_tdata
->abiflags
);
15430 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_e_flags (ibfd
, obfd
);
15432 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15434 ok
= mips_elf_merge_obj_abiflags (ibfd
, obfd
) && ok
;
15438 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15445 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15448 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15450 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15451 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15453 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15454 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15459 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15463 default: return "";
15464 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15465 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15466 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15467 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15468 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15469 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15470 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15471 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15472 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15473 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15474 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15475 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15477 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15478 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15479 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15480 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15481 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15482 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15483 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15484 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15485 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15486 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15487 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15488 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15489 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15490 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15491 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15492 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15493 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15494 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15495 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15496 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15497 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15498 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL
:
15499 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP_REL";
15500 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15501 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15502 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15503 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15504 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15505 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15506 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15507 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15508 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15509 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15510 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15511 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15512 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15513 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15514 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15515 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15516 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15517 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15518 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15519 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15520 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15521 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15522 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15523 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15524 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15525 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15526 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15527 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15528 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15529 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15530 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15531 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15532 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15533 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15534 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15535 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15536 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15537 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15538 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15539 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15540 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15541 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15542 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15543 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15544 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15545 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15546 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15547 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15548 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15549 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15550 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15551 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15552 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15553 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15554 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15555 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15559 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15563 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15567 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15569 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15570 return "-mdouble-float";
15572 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15573 return "-msingle-float";
15575 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15576 return "-msoft-float";
15578 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15579 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15581 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15584 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15585 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15587 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15588 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15596 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15598 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15599 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15600 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15601 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15602 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR3
)
15603 fputs ("\n\tDSP R3 ASE", file
);
15604 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15605 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15606 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15607 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15608 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15609 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15610 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15611 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15612 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15613 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15614 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15615 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15616 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15617 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15618 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15619 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15620 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15621 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15622 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15623 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15624 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15625 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15627 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15628 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15629 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15633 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15638 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15641 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15643 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15644 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15646 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15647 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15649 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15650 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15652 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15653 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15655 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15656 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15659 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15662 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15665 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15668 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15671 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15673 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15674 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15677 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15680 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15683 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15686 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15689 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15691 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15692 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15694 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15695 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15698 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15704 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15708 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15709 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15711 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15712 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15714 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15715 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15717 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15718 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15720 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15721 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15723 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15724 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15726 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15727 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15729 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15730 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15733 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15739 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15741 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15742 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15743 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15744 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15749 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15753 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15755 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15756 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15758 /* xgettext:c-format */
15759 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15761 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15762 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15763 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15764 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15765 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15766 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15767 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15768 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15769 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15770 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15771 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15772 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15773 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15774 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15776 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15778 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15779 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15780 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15781 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15782 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15783 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15784 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15785 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15786 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15787 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15788 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15789 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15790 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15791 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15792 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15793 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15794 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15795 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15796 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15797 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15798 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15799 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15801 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15803 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15804 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15806 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15807 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15809 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15810 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15812 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15813 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15815 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15816 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15818 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15819 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15821 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15823 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15824 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15826 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15827 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15829 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15830 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15832 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15833 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15835 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15836 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15838 fputc ('\n', file
);
15840 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15842 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15843 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15844 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15845 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15846 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15847 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15848 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15849 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15850 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15851 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15852 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15853 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15854 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15855 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15856 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15857 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15858 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15859 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15860 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15861 fputc ('\n', file
);
15867 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15869 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15870 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15871 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15872 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15873 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15874 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15875 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15878 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15879 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15880 definiton of the symbol. */
15882 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15883 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15884 bfd_boolean definition
,
15885 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15887 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15889 unsigned char other
;
15891 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15892 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15893 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15897 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15898 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15901 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15902 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15904 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15906 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15910 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15912 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15913 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15914 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15917 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15918 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15921 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15922 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15925 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15926 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15929 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15930 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15931 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15932 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15933 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15934 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15935 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15936 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15939 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15940 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15941 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15942 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15945 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15946 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15947 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15948 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15950 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15951 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15952 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15953 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15954 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15955 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15956 unsigned int other
;
15957 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15976 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15979 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15980 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15983 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15984 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15987 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15991 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15992 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15994 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15996 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15997 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15998 PLT slots per relocation. */
15999 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
16000 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
16001 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
16002 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
16003 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
16004 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
16005 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16007 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
16008 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
16010 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
16013 if (plt
->size
< 16)
16016 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
16019 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
16021 names
= (char *) send
;
16022 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
16025 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
16026 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
16030 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16031 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16033 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
16037 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16038 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16042 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
16047 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
16051 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16052 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
16053 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
16057 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
16058 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
16059 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
16061 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
16062 const char *suffix
;
16067 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
16069 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
16070 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
16074 /* Truncated table??? */
16075 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
16077 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
16078 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16079 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
16080 suffix
= m16suffix
;
16081 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
16083 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
16084 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
16088 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
16089 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16090 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
16092 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16093 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
16094 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16095 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16096 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16097 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16099 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16100 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16102 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16103 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16104 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16105 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16106 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16107 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16108 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16109 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16110 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16112 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16115 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16116 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16117 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16118 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16119 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16120 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16121 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16122 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16125 /* Truncated table??? */
16126 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16130 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16131 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16138 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16139 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16140 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16141 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16142 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16143 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16145 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16147 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16149 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16150 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16151 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16154 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16156 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16157 names
+= suffixlen
;
16160 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16170 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16172 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16173 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16175 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16178 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16179 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16181 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16182 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16185 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16187 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16188 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16189 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;
16191 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
) && !(elf_stack_flags (abfd
) & PF_X
))
16192 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 5;
16196 _bfd_mips_elf_compact_eh_encoding (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16198 return DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
;
16201 /* Return the opcode for can't unwind. */
16204 _bfd_mips_elf_cant_unwind_opcode (struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
16206 return COMPACT_EH_CANT_UNWIND_OPCODE
;